NissanCaptiva Maualbook

Chevrolet Captiva Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/17/14 Black plate (1,1)
2015 Chevrolet Captiva Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Luggage/Load Locations . . . . . . . 4-6 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-6 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Information on Loading the Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Warning Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Starting and Operating . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . 9-8
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Manual Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Drive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-20
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-26
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
2015 Chevrolet Captiva Owner Manual M
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1

General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Vehicle Data Recording and
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Vehicle Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Wheels and Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 11-2
Recommended Fluids . . . . . . . . 11-8
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
Introduction iii
Your vehicle is a designed The customer literature pack should

. The Owner's Manual uses the
combination of advanced always be kept ready to hand in the factory engine designations. The
technology, safety, environmental vehicle. corresponding sales
friendliness and economy. designations can be found in the
Using this Manual chapter "Technical data".
This Owner's Manual provides you
with all the necessary information to . This manual describes all
. Directional data, e.g. left or right,
enable you to drive your vehicle or front or back, always relate to
options and features available
safely and efficiently. the direction of travel.
for this model. Certain
Make sure your passengers are descriptions, including those for . The vehicle display screens may
aware of the possible risk of display and menu functions, may not support your specific
accident and injury which may result not apply to your vehicle due to language.
from improper use of the vehicle. model variant, country
You must always comply with the
specifications, special equipment Danger, Warnings, and
or accessories. Cautions
specific laws and regulations of the
country that you are in. These laws . The "In brief" section will give
may differ from the information
in this
you an initial overview. { Danger
. The table of contents at the
When this Owner's Manual refers to beginning of this manual and Text marked { Danger provides
a repairer visit, we recommend your within each chapter shows information on risk of fatal injury.
Chevrolet Service Partner. where the information is located. Disregarding this information may
All Chevrolet Service Partners . The index will enable you to endanger life.
provide first-class service at search for specific information.
reasonable prices. Experienced
mechanics trained by Chevrolet
work according to specific Chevrolet
instructions.
iv Introduction
{ Warning
Text marked { Warning provides
information on risk of accident or
injury. Disregarding this
information may lead to injury.
{ Caution
Text marked Caution provides
information on possible damage
to the vehicle. Disregarding this
information may lead to vehicle
damage.
We wish you many hours of

pleasurable driving
Chevrolet
Chevrolet Captiva Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8533114) - 2015 - Black plate (1,1)
crc - 7/17/14
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Initial Drive Seat Adjustment

Information Seat positioning
Initial Drive Information
Unlocking the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Unlocking the Vehicle
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Radio remote control
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-3
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 1-4
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-5
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Washer and Wiper Systems . . . 1-9
Windscreen Wiper/Washer . . . 1-10
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 To move seat forward or backward,
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 pull the lever and slide seat to
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 desired position.
1. LOCK button Release the handle and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
2. UNLOCK button
See Seat Adjustment on page 3-4.
See Radio Remote Control on
page 2-2. See Seat Position on page 3-3.
See Central Locking System on
page 2-8.
crc - 7/17/14
1-2 In Brief
Seat backrests Seat height Seat lumbar support
Pull lever, adjust inclination and Pumping the lever on the outside of To increase or decrease the driver's
release lever. Allow the seat to the seat cushion until the seat seat lumbar support, move the lever
engage audibly. cushion is adjusted to the desired forward or rearward.
Do not lean on seat when adjusting. position.
To lower the seat cushion, push the
lever down several times.
To raise the seat cushion, pull the
lever up several times.
crc - 7/17/14
In Brief 1-3
Head Restraint Safety Belts

Adjustment
Horizontal adjustment
Pull the head restraint forwards. To
move back pull the head restraint Withdraw belt from reel, guide it
Height adjustment
forwards. Then it is moved untwisted across the body and
Pull the head restraint upwards. automatically backwards. engage the latch plate in the buckle.
To move down press the catch and Tension the lap belt regularly whilst
push the head restraint downwards. driving by tugging the shoulder belt.
See and Head Restraints on See Safety Belts on page 3-12.
page 3-1.
crc - 7/17/14
1-4 In Brief
Mirror Adjustment Exterior Mirrors Steering Wheel

Interior Mirror Adjustment
Select the mirror you want to adjust

by moving the selector switch to "L"
To reduce dazzle, pull the lever on Unlock lever, adjust steering wheel,
for LH mirror or to "R" for RH mirror.
the underside of the mirror housing. then engage lever and ensure it is
See Remote Control Mirrors on fully locked. Do not adjust steering
See Manual Rearview Mirror on page 2-17. wheel unless vehicle is stationary.
page 2-18.
crc - 7/17/14
In Brief 1-5
Instrument Panel Overview
LHD Vehicle
crc - 7/17/14
1-6 In Brief
RHD Vehicle
crc - 7/17/14
In Brief 1-7
1. Air vents 18. Eco switch O (OFF): To turn off all lamps, turn
2. Turn and lane / Exterior lamp 19. Cigarette lighter the knob to OFF position.
controls 20. Audio system All lamps are off and return knob to
3. Horn its original AUTO position.
21. Glove box
4. Instrument cluster AUTO: Exterior lamps and
22. Front passenger seat belt instrument panel lamps are
5. Windscreen wiper / Washer reminder lamp / Passenger automatically turned on or off
6. Hazard lights / ESC OFF switch airbag OFF indicator depending on external lighting
conditions.
7. Centre deposit box Exterior Lighting
8. DCS switch / Eco (stop/start)
; : The tail lamps, number plate
lamps, and instrument panel lamps
switch or Park assist switch
are illuminated.
9. Combination switch
5 : The headlamps and all of the
10. Card holder above lamps are illuminated.
11. Coin storage See Exterior Lamp Controls on
12. Bonnet release lever page 6-1.
13. Steering wheel audio controls
14. Cruise control / Climate control
buttons
15. Climate control systems
16. Gear lever To turn the exterior lamps on or off,
17. Electric parking brake (EPB) turn the light switch knob. The light
switch switch has four positions as follows:
crc - 7/17/14
1-8 In Brief
Headlamp main/dipped beam Hazard lights Turn and lane-change signals

changer
Operated with the | button. lever up = right indicator

To switch from dipped to main lever down = left indicator
beam, push lever. See Hazard Warning Flashers on
page 6-4. See Indicator and Lane-Change
To switch to dipped beam, push Signals on page 6-5.
lever again or pull.
See Headlamp Main/Dipped Beam
Changer on page 6-3.
See Flash-to-Pass on page 6-4.
crc - 7/17/14
In Brief 1-9
Horn Washer and Wiper See Windscreen Wiper/Washer on

page 5-3.
Systems
Windscreen washer
Windscreen wiper
Press a
Pull lever.
To operate the windscreen wipers,
turn the ignition ON and move the See Windscreen Wiper/Washer on
windscreen wiper / washer lever page 5-3.
upward. See Washer Fluid on page 10-20.
HI: Continuous wipe, fast speed.
LO: Continuous wipe, slow speed.
INT: Intermittent operation.
OFF: System off.
MIST: Misting function.
crc - 7/17/14
1-10 In Brief
Windscreen Wiper/ See Rear Window Wiper/Washer on Climate Controls

page 5-6.
Washer Heated rear window, heated
Washer exterior mirrors
Rear Window Wiper
Press the button at the end of the

To operate the tailgate wiper, turn lever until the washers begin. Operated by pressing the =
the ignition ACC or ON and rotate button.
the end of the windscreen wiper/ See Rear Window Wiper/Washer on
page 5-6. See Heated Mirrors on page 2-18.
washer lever upward.
See Washer Fluid on page 10-20. See Heated Rear Window on
The tailgate wiper operates in the
page 2-21.
following three positions:
OFF: System off.
crc - 7/17/14
In Brief 1-11
. If the vehicle is on a level
Demisting and defrosting the Parking surface or uphill slope, engage
windows . Do not park the vehicle on an first gear or P position before
easily flammable surface. The switching off the ignition. On an
high temperature of the exhaust uphill slope, turn the front
system could ignite the surface. wheels away from the kerb.
. Always apply parking brake If the vehicle is on a downhill
without pressing release button. slope, engage reverse gear
Apply as firmly as possible on before switching off the ignition.
downhill or uphill slopes. Turn the front wheels towards
Depress the brake pedal at the the kerb.
same time to reduce operating . Close windows.
force.
. Lock the vehicle.
. Switch off the engine and
ignition. Turn the steering wheel
Turn the air distribution knob to until the steering wheel lock
engages.
DEFROST 5.
See "Defrosting windscreen" under
Heating and Ventilation System on
page 8-1.
See "Demisting windscreen" under
Air Conditioning System on
page 8-3.
crc - 7/17/14
1-12 In Brief
Transmission Automatic transmission

Manual gearbox
P (PARK): Locks the front wheels.

To change gears, fully depress the Select P only when the vehicle is
clutch pedal, move the gear lever stationary and the parking brake is
into gear, and slowly release the applied.
clutch. R (REVERSE): Select R only when
To shift into reverse, press the the vehicle is stationary.
button on the back of the gear lever N (NEUTRAL): Neutral gear.
knob while moving the gear lever
into the reverse position. D: For all normal driving conditions.
Allows the transmission to shift into
See Manual Gearbox on page 9-14. all 6 forward gears.
+, -: Manual mode position.
crc - 7/17/14
In Brief 1-13
Push the release button to shift.

. Check brake function at low
Arrows indicate shifts that do not speed, particularly if the brakes
require you to push the release are wet.
button. Starting engine with the
ignition switch
Shift freely.
Getting Started
Check before starting off
Depress the brake pedal and push . Tyre pressure and condition.
release button to shift. . Turn the key to position ACC,
. Engine oil level and fluid levels.
Shifts that require you to push the move the steering wheel slightly
release button are indicated by
. All windows, mirrors, exterior to release the steering
arrows. lighting and number plates are wheel lock
free from dirt, snow and ice and . Manual gearbox: operate clutch
are operational.
. Automatic transmission : Move
. Proper position of seats, seat
gear lever to P or N.
belts and mirrors.
. Do not accelerate
crc - 7/17/14
1-14 In Brief
. Diesel engine: turn the key to
position ON for preheating until
K goes out.
. Turn the key to position START,
depressing the clutch pedal and
brake pedal then release when
engine is running
Before restarting or to switch off the
engine, turn key back to LOCK.
crc - 7/17/14
Keys 2-1
Keys Windows
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Keys and Locks
Heated Rear Window . . . . . . . . 2-21
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Keys
Keys and Locks
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Roof Replacement keys
Radio Remote Control . . . . . . . . 2-2 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 The key number is specified on a
Open & Start System . . . . . . . . . 2-4 detachable tag.
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Manual Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 The key number must be quoted
Central Locking System . . . . . . . 2-8 when ordering replacement keys as
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 it is a component of the immobiliser
system.
Doors
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 See "Lock" under Exterior Care on
page 10-58.
Vehicle Security
Anti-theft Alarm System . . . . . . 2-12
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Remote Control Mirrors . . . . . . 2-17
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Interior Mirrors
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-18
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
crc - 7/17/14
2-2 Keys
Note: LOCK and UNLOCK buttons

are not operated while the key is in
the ignition switch.
Note: When you press UNLOCK
button on the remote keyless entry
transmitter, instrument panel lamps
will come on automatically and stay
on for about 30 seconds until the
ignition switch is in the ACC
position.
The radio remote control has an
approximate range of about
Key with foldaway key section 1. LOCK button: Locks all doors.
6 metres(20 feet). This range can
Hazard lamps will flash once
Press button to extend. be affected by outside influences.
and the anti-theft system will be
To fold the key, press the button and activated. The hazard lights confirm operation.
fold the key manually.
2. UNLOCK button: Unlocks all Handle with care, protect from
doors. moisture and high temperatures and
Radio Remote Control avoid unnecessary operation.
Hazard lamps will flash twice
Used to operate: and anti-theft system will be Fault
. Central locking system deactivated.
If the central locking system cannot
. Anti-theft alarm system In some countries, to unlock be operated with the radio remote
driver's door, press the UNLOCK control, it may be due to the
button once. following:
To unlock all doors, press the . Range exceeded,
UNLOCK button again within
3 seconds.
. Battery voltage too low,
crc - 7/17/14
Keys 2-3
. Frequent, repeated operation of Key with foldaway key section Fixed key
the remote control while not in
range, which will require Have the battery replaced by a
resynchronisation, repairer.
. Overload of the central locking
system by operating at frequent { Caution
intervals, the power supply is Avoid touching the flat surfaces of
interrupted for a short time, the battery with your bare fingers.
. Interference from higher-power Handling will shorten battery life.
radio waves from other sources.
Radio remote control battery Note: Used lithium batteries can
replacement harm the environment.
Replace the battery as soon as the Follow local recycling laws for
range is noticeably diminished. Note: Use CR2032 (or equivalent) disposal.
replacement battery.
Batteries do not belong in Do not discard with household
household waste. They must be 1. Open the transmitter cover. waste.
disposed of at an appropriate 2. Remove the used battery. Avoid Note: In order to keep the
recycling collection point. touching the circuit board to transmitter working properly, follow
other components. these guidelines:
3. Install the new battery. Be sure Avoid dropping the transmitter.
the negative side (-) faces down
Do not place heavy objects on the
toward the base.
transmitter.
4. Close the transmitter cover.
5. Check the operation of the
transmitter with your vehicle.
crc - 7/17/14
2-4 Keys
Keep the transmitter away from The key, inside the transmitter, is some countries according to
water and direct sunlight. If the used for the driver door key cylinder vehicle configuration, to unlock
transmitter gets wet, wipe it with a when the key fob is out of battery or the driver's door, press the
soft cloth. it is in emergency. UNLOCK button once. Then, to
See your dealer if a new key is unlock all the doors, press the
Open & Start System needed. UNLOCK button again within
5 seconds.
3. L (Vehicle Locator/Panic
Alarm): Press and hold for about
two seconds to locate the
vehicle. The indicator lamps
flash three times and the horn
sounds three times.
Keyless Unlocking
If the vehicle has the Keyless 1. Q (Lock): Press once to lock the
Access System, the transmitter has all doors. The indicator lamps
a thin button (A) near the bottom of flash once or the horn sounds
the transmitter used to remove once to confirm locking.
the key.
Press the button (A) and pull the
2. K (Unlock): Press once to
unlock all doors. The indicator
key out. Do not pull the key out
lamps flash twice and anti-theft
without pressing the button (A).
system will be deactivated. In
crc - 7/17/14
Keys 2-5
With the keyless access transmitter the clutch pedal and releasing
within 1m, approach the front door the Electric Park Brake switch
and push the button on the door with brake pedal pressed when
handle to unlock and open the door. engine is running.
If the transmitter is recognised, the . Automatic transmission: Move
door will unlock and open. the gear lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). The engine will not
{ Caution start in any other position. To
restart the engine when the
The button on the door handle is vehicle is already moving, use
used only for keyless unlocking N (Neutral) only.
function. When you leave vehicle,
lock all doors by pushing the lock If the vehicle has the keyless
The ignition control knob can be access system, your foot must
button in the keyless access turned to four different positions. be on the brake pedal to start
transmitter or be sure to check
The keyless access transmitter the engine.
activating the Keyless locking
function. should be inside the vehicle when . Diesel engine: Turn the ignition
trying to turn the ignition control knob to the ON position
control knob.
for preheating until N goes out.
1: LOCK(Off)
Turn the ignition control knob to the
2: ACC START position.
3: ON When the engine begins cranking,
4: START let go of the ignition control knob, it
will return to the ON position.
. Manual gearbox: Operate clutch.
Turn the ignition control knob to If ignition control knob does not turn,
the START position, depressing try pushing the knob in and turning
again.
crc - 7/17/14
2-6 Keys
If the transmitter is not in the vehicle Starting the Vehicle with a Low
or something is interfering with the { Caution Transmitter Battery
transmitter, the Driver Information
Centre (DIC) in the middle of the Passive door lock function does
cluster will display ELECTRONIC not work after the tailgate is
KEY NOT DETECTED. opened and closed.
Keyless Locking
Programming Transmitters to
The doors are automatically locked the Vehicle
after several seconds if the ignition
is off, all doors are closed and at Only keyless access transmitters
least one keyless access transmitter programmed to the vehicle will work.
has been removed from the interior If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a
of the vehicle. replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
This function can be deactivated by The vehicle can be reprogrammed
personalisation setting. so that lost or stolen transmitters no
At a self-service filling station, longer work.
if driver gets out of the vehicle with
the keyless access transmitter, all
doors including fuel filler door and
tailgate will be automatically locked
after several seconds. Press the
button on the door handle or push
the unlock button in the keyless
access transmitter to unlock all
doors including fuel filler door and
tailgate during fuelling or when
fuelling is done.
crc - 7/17/14
Keys 2-7
If the transmitter battery is weak, the 1. Remove the key from the Door Locks
DIC in the middle of the cluster may transmitter by pressing the thin
display ELECTRONIC KEY NOT button near the bottom of the
DETECTED when you try to start transmitter and pulling the key { Warning
the vehicle. To start the vehicle, out. Do not pull the key out The temperature inside the
place the transmitter in the centre without pressing the button.
vehicle can increase rapidly and
console storage area transmitter 2. Separate the transmitter with a reach much higher levels than
pocket with the buttons facing up. flat, thin object inserted into the
Then, with the vehicle in P (Park) or temperature outside.
slot on the side of the
N (Neutral), press the brake pedal transmitter. Do not leave unattended children
and turn the ignition control knob. or pets in your vehicle.
Replace the transmitter battery as 3. Remove the old battery.
soon as possible. Death or serious injury can occur.
4. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing down. Replace with a Children can operate electric
Battery Replacement windows, other controls, or move
CR2032 or equivalent battery.
vehicle.
5. Snap the transmitter back
together. Do not leave key in vehicle with
children.
6. Reinstall the key into the
transmitter. These actions can result in
serious injury or death.
crc - 7/17/14
2-8 Keys
{ Caution
The button on the door handle is
used only for keyless unlocking
function. When you leave vehicle,
lock all doors by pushing the lock
button in the keyless access
transmitter or be sure to check
activating the Keyless locking
function.
Manual Door Locks Manually lock or unlock the driver's To lock any door from the inside,
door by turning the key in the pull the door lock button.
key slot. To unlock any door from the inside,
push the door lock button.
Central Locking System

You can activate the central door
locking system from the driver's
door. This system allows you to lock
and unlock all the doors and tailgate
from the driver's door, using either
the key or keyless remote (from
outside) or the door lock
switch.(from inside)
crc - 7/17/14
Keys 2-9
Central locking button Note: Grease should be applied to To engage deadlock, do one of the
the door check latch and hinge at following:
regular intervals or if a noise can be . Press the LOCK button twice in
heard when opening, closing the succession. Press the LOCK
door or during driving. button once to lock the vehicle,
The driver's door and the front and then press it again (within
passenger's door can be opened by 3 seconds) to engage the
pulling the door handle from the deadlock.
inside even if the doors are locked . Insert the key in the driver door
with the door lock button. lock and turn the key twice
Deadlock continuously towards the rear of
the vehicle. That is, once to lock
For further protection when leaving the doors, then a second time to
the vehicle, you can deadlock the engage the deadlock.
You can also lock or unlock the doors if the vehicle has the
doors with the door lock switches on additional anti-theft system. To disengage deadlock, press
UNLOCK button on the key. This
the driver's door trim pad. Deadlocking electronically jams all unlocks the doors.
Press the right part of the switch to the electric locks so that no door
lock the doors. can be opened, even if entry is Note: Deadlock function operates
gained by breaking glass. when all doors and tailgate are
To unlock the doors, press the left closed.
part of the switch.
To open a door from the inside or
{ Warning Note: Disengaging the deadlock
occurs when unlocking the doors in
outside, pull the door handle. Do not use deadlock if there are the normal way.
people in the vehicle. The doors
cannot be unlocked from the
inside.
crc - 7/17/14
2-10 Keys
Safety Locks Doors

{ Warning
Use the child security door locks Tailgate
whenever children are occupying
The tailgate can be locked or
the rear seats. unlocked by central door locking
system.
You can use a key or suitable See Central Locking System on
screwdriver. page 2-8.
To operate the child security door Make sure your hands and any
lock, turn the child locks into other body parts, as well as those of
horizontal position. other persons, are completely away
To open a rear door when the child from the tailgate closure area.
security door lock is activated, open
{ Caution the door from the outside. { Caution
To cancel the child security door
Do not pull the inside door handle lock, turn the child locks into vertical When opening or closing the
while the child security door lock position. tailgate, be sure to check it is free
is set to LOCK position. To do so from obstructions.
can damage the inside door
handle.
crc - 7/17/14
Keys 2-11
On vehicles with the Keyless

{ Warning Access System, if the vehicle is Caution (Continued)
locked, the keyless access
Driving the vehicle with the transmitter must be within 1 m of the The lock button on the Remote
tailgate open can allow exhaust tailgate for it to be recognised; the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
gases to enter passenger tailgate can then be opened by the must be pushed after closing
compartment. tailgate release button above the tailgate for anti-theft and all
Do not drive with tailgate open. number plate. doors-locking.
Exhaust gases are usually

poisonous and can cause injury { Caution
or death. When unlocking the tailgate by
the tailgate release button, all
doors will also be unlocked. After
closing the tailgate, be sure to
press the lock button on the
keyless access transmitter for
vehicle security.
{ Caution
All doors are unlocked when
tailgate is opened using touchpad
button.
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
2-12 Keys
Vehicle Security Door lock and anti-theft mode Note: The system can be activated
even if the windows are open. Close
Activation all the windows and doors before
Anti-theft Alarm System 1. Close all windows. leaving the vehicle.
Type 1 2. Turn the ignition key to LOCK Note: If pressing the LOCK button
and remove the key. on the transmitter when all doors,
bonnet and tailgate are not
3. Have all passengers exit the
completely closed, the anti-theft
vehicle.
system is in the open state at this
4. Close all doors, bonnet and point and the security indicator will
tailgate. flash quickly.
5. Press and release LOCK button The anti-theft system transits to the
on the transmitter. locked state when all doors, bonnet
The LED on the transmitter will and tailgate are completely closed.
flash. The security indicator will illuminate
steady when in the locked state.
. All doors lock. If the LOCK button is pressed after
Security indicator . Hazard lights flash once. all doors, bonnet and tailgate have
been closed, the open state will be
Indicates the anti-theft system is . Anti-theft mode is activated bypassed and the system will transit
working. after about 30 seconds. directly to the locked state with the
The security indicator goes out If the key is inserted into security indicator on steady.
when doors are unlocked using the the ignition key hole, the Note: The anti-theft system is
keyless entry transmitter or key. transmitter will not operate activated if the doors are locked
the anti-theft system. manually as well as the remote
The security indicator comes on
when you lock the doors using the keyless entry transmitter is used.
keyless entry transmitter or key.
crc - 7/17/14
Keys 2-13
1. Confirm that the security Horn sound Siren sound

indicator flashes slowly after The system provides visual (exterior If your vehicle has additional
illuminating for approximately lamps flash) sign and audible (horns anti-theft system related to
30 seconds from the time that pulse) sound for about 30 seconds Thatcham insurance, it has intrusion
the system has entered the when any of the doors, tailgate or sensor, inclination sensor and glass
locked state. If LOCK button on the bonnet are opened without breakage detection sensor.
the transmitter is pressed a using the key or pressing the unlock
second time, the anti-theft This system monitors the interior
button on the transmitter. space through these sensors and
system will activate immediately,
by passing the 30 seconds To stop the horn sound: activates the siren if an intrusion
delay. The security indicator is . Press the LOCK or UNLOCK into the passenger compartment is
located in the right area of the button on the transmitter. detected, the tyres are stolen or the
clock. unintended towing occurs.
. Unlock the driver's door with
a key. To stop the siren:
{ Warning (In some countries, doing so
. Press the LOCK or UNLOCK
Do not lock the vehicle if anyone may not stop the horn sound. button on the transmitter.
is to be left inside the vehicle. Press the LOCK or UNLOCK If the unauthorised entry still exists,
button to stop the sound) If the the siren sound will be activated
Never leave children or pets
unauthorised entry still exists, with a periodic repeat.
unattended in your vehicle. The
the alarm sound will be activated Note: Alarming will sound if a door
temperature inside the vehicle with a periodic repeat.
can increase more rapidly and is opened by a key when anti theft
reach much higher levels than the If the system does not operate as mode is activated.
temperature outside. described above, have it checked Open the door using UNLOCK
by a repairer. We recommend an button on the transmitter.
This can result in serious injury or authorised repairer.
death.
crc - 7/17/14
2-14 Keys
Note: Tap the key hole or heat the 2. Press and release UNLOCK
key if the door does not open with button on the transmitter.
freezing key hole in cold weather. . The LED on the transmitter
will flash.
{ Warning . All the doors unlock.
Do not use the transmitter to lock . Hazard lights flash twice.
the vehicle if anyone is to be left . Anti-theft mode is
inside.
deactivated.
The transmitter activates interior
In some countries, unlocking the
protection, which will trigger the driver door with a key may sound
siren if movement is detected alarm. Make sure to press the
inside the vehicle. If you want to turn off the additional
UNLOCK button on the transmitter
anti-theft system, press the button
Never leave children or pets to unlock doors.
located on the headlining. Anti-theft
alone in your vehicle.
off indicator o will come on. Auto door relock
The temperature inside the If the door is not opened or the
When you activate the additional
vehicle can increase more rapidly anti-theft system by pressing the engine is not started within
and reach much higher levels button again, anti-theft off indicator 30 seconds after disarming the
than the temperature outside. will go out. system using the transmitter, all the
This can result in serious injury or doors are automatically locked and
Door unlock and the anti-theft mode is reactivated.
death.
anti-theft mode
Deactivation
1. Unlock the driver's door with a
key. Or,
crc - 7/17/14
Keys 2-15
Type 2 prevents it from being started by

Caution (Continued) unauthorised persons. The valid key
Activation for a vehicle equipped with
unlocked with the keyless access immobiliser system is an ignition
To activate the system, press the
lock button on the keyless access transmitter within 1m(3ft) from the key with integrated transponder,
transmitter. rear bumper fascia. After closing which is electronically coded. The
the tailgate, be sure to press the transponder is placed invisibly in the
Anti-theft alarm system is activated lock button on the keyless access ignition key.
after about 30 seconds after keyless transmitter for vehicle security.
locking function. Only valid ignition keys can be used
to start the engine.
To activate the system, be sure to Deactivation
have all doors, bonnet, and the Invalid keys may only open the
tailgate locked. To deactivate the system, do one of doors.
the following:
To avoid setting off the alarm when The engine is automatically
opening the tailgate, press the . Press the unlock button on the immobilised after the key is turned
tailgate release button above the keyless access transmitter. to LOCK and has been removed
number plate. The keyless access . With the keyless access from the ignition switch.
transmitter must be within 1 m of the transmitter within 1m, approach If the immobiliser system detects a
tailgate. the door and push the button on fault when the ignition switch is in
the door handle. ON position, the immobiliser
{ Caution . Start the engine. indicator will flash or illuminate and
engine will not start.
On the keyless access system Immobiliser
vehicle, when unlocking the Have the vehicle checked, we
tailgate by the tailgate release Type 1 recommend an authorised repairer.
button, all doors will also be The immobiliser system provides an Note: Tap the key slot or heat the
(Continued) additional theft deterrent to your key if the door does not open with
vehicle in which it is installed and freezing key slot in cold weather.
crc - 7/17/14
2-16 Keys
Type 2 If the ignition control knob does not Always be sure to lock the vehicle
The system does not have to be turn, and the keyless access to activate anti-theft alarm system
manually armed or disarmed. The transmitter appears to be when you leave the vehicle.
vehicle is automatically immobilised undamaged, try again. If the engine
when the ignition control knob is does not start and the immobiliser
turned to LOCK/OFF. The light stays on, try another keyless
immobilisation system is disarmed access transmitter. If the ignition
when the ignition control knob is control knob does rotate, the first
turned to ON and a valid transmitter transmitter may be faulty. Or, you
is detected in the vehicle. may try placing the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket located under the
If the keyless access transmitter is centre console.
ever damaged, you may not be able
to start your vehicle. The If the ignition control knob still does
immobiliser light in the instrument not rotate with the other transmitter,
cluster, comes on if there is a or if the ignition control knob does
problem with arming or disarming not rotate by placing the transmitter
the theft-deterrent system. When in the transmitter pocket, the vehicle
trying to start the vehicle, the needs service. See your dealer who
immobiliser light comes on briefly can service the theft-deterrent
when the ignition is turned on. If the system and have a new keyless
engine does not start and the access transmitter programmed to
immobiliser light stays on, there is a the vehicle.
problem with the system. Turn the Do not leave the key or device that
ignition control knob off and try disarms or deactivates the theft
again. deterrent system in the vehicle.
Immobiliser does not lock the doors.
crc - 7/17/14
Keys 2-17
Exterior Mirrors Adjust the selected mirror up, down,

left or right using the corresponding { Warning
edges of the mirror adjusting pad.
Convex Mirrors Always keep your mirrors properly
adjusted, and use them while
The convex exterior mirror reduces Folding Mirrors driving to increase your visibility
blind spots. The shape of the mirror
makes objects appear smaller, Manual folding(Russia only) of objects and other vehicles
which will affect the ability to around you. Do not drive while
For pedestrian safety, the exterior
estimate distances. either outside rearview mirror is
mirrors will swing out of their normal
mounting position if they are struck folded back.
Remote Control Mirrors with sufficient force. Reposition the
mirror by applying slight pressure to
the mirror housing. { Caution
Power folding
Do not operate mirror continuous
while the engine is not running.
This will discharge the battery.
Select the mirror you want to adjust

by moving the selector switch to "L"
for LH mirror or to "R" for RH mirror.
crc - 7/17/14
2-18 Keys
Heated Mirrors Interior Mirrors Warning (Continued)

Manual Rearview Mirror Take special care with using your
inside rearview mirror when it is
adjusted for night vision.
Failure to ensure a clear rear
view while driving may result in a
collision causing damage to your
vehicle or other property, and/or
personal injury.
Operated by pressing the 1

button.
Heating works with the engine To reduce dazzle, pull the lever on
running and is switched off the underside of the mirror housing.
automatically after a few minutes or
by pressing the button again. { Warning
Your view through the mirror may
lose some clarity when it is
adjusted for night vision.
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
Keys 2-19
Automatic Dimming To turn the ECM OFF, press the Windows

button again.
Rearview Mirror
Power Windows
Electro-chromic mirror { Caution
There are two light sensors which { Warning
detect ambient light level and
glare from vehicles behind you. Take care when operating the
power windows. Risk of injury,
Do not cover the sensors or hang particularly to children.
items on the EC mirror.
If there are children on the rear
Doing so may limit the ECM seat, switch on the child safety
operation and you may have no system for the power windows.
benefit from it.
Keep a close watch on the
windows when closing them.
Ensure that nothing becomes
Your vehicle may be equipped with trapped in them as they move.
Electro-Chromic Mirror(ECM), which
automatically reduces glare from
vehicles behind you providing
uniform light levels to your eyes.
To turn the ECM ON, press the
button on the mirror cover. The
indicator light will be illuminated.
The ignition switch must be in the
ON position.
crc - 7/17/14
2-20 Keys
Release the switch when the Auto down

window reaches the desired
position.
{ Warning
Body parts outside vehicle can be
struck by passing objects. Keep
all parts of body inside vehicle.
Children can operate and become
entrapped in power windows.
Power windows can be operated Do not leave your keys or

with ignition ON. unattended children in your car.
Operate the switch for the Serious injury or death can occur The driver's window has an auto
respective window by pushing to from misuse of power windows. down function.
open or pulling to close. To lower the window, press down
firmly, then release the switch. The
Operation window will open automatically until
You may operate the power it is fully open. To stop the window
windows when the ignition switch is while it is opening, press the switch
ON by using the power window again.
switches on each door panel.
To raise the window, pull up and
To open the window, press down on hold the switch. To stop the window,
the switch. release the switch.
To close the window, lift up on the
switch.
crc - 7/17/14
Keys 2-21
Auto up/down To activate press v again.

The driver's window has an auto up/
{ Warning
down function. Anti-pinch function may not Heated Rear Window
To fully open the window operate after six consecutive
automatically, press the switch fully times operation. Do not operate
down. To fully close the window the window switch with no
automatically, pull the switch fully purpose.
up. In automatic operation, the
window will fully open or close even Child safety system for rear
if you let go of the switch.
windows
To stop the window at the desired
position while the window is in
operation, pull up or depress and
release the switch to the opposite
direction of the movement.
Anti-pinch function Heated rear window and windscreen
In case there is an obstacle wiper de-icer are operated by
detection while the driver's window pressing the + button.
is closed automatically, the window
Heating works with the engine
will be opened automatically 11cm
running and is switched off
at least for safety.
automatically after a few minutes or
by pressing the button again.
Press switch v to deactivate rear
power windows.
crc - 7/17/14
2-22 Keys
The sun visors can be folded down Roof

{ Caution or swivelled to the side to prevent
dazzling.
Do not use sharp instruments or Sunroof
abrasive window cleaners on your If the sun visors have integral
windscreen or rear window. mirrors, the mirror covers should be Sunroof
closed when driving.
Do not scratch or damage the
defroster wires when you clean or
{ Warning
work around the windscreen or
{ Warning Take care when operating the
rear window. Do not place the sun visor in such sunroof. There is risk of injury,
a manner that it obscures visibility particularly to children.
Sun Visors of the roadway, traffic or other Keep a close watch on the
objects. movable parts when operating
them. Ensure that nothing
becomes trapped in them as
they move.
Sunroof can be operated with

ignition ON.
crc - 7/17/14
Keys 2-23
To tilt the sunroof down, press and When the sunroof is open, the
hold the switch downward. sunblind is always open.
Please release the switch when the
sunroof reaches the desired { Warning
position.
Body parts outside vehicle can be
Note: The sunroof can be operated struck by passing objects. Keep
for up to 10 minutes or until a door all parts of body inside vehicle.
is opened when the ignition key is in
the LOCK position or out of the Serious injury or death can occur
ignition. from misuse of sunroof.
Open/Close { Caution
To open the sunroof, pull weakly the Periodically inspect the guide rail
switch backward. It will manually for dirt and clean if any dirt is
open as a first step. accumulated. If there is any dirt
When you pull strongly the switch around the rubber of the sunroof,
backward then It will be noise can be produced while
automatically and fully operating the sunroof.
opened(Second Step).
To close the Sunroof, keep pushing Sunblind
the switch forward or downward until The sunblind is operated manually.
it will be fully closed (only,manual
operation) Close or open the sunblind by
sliding.
To tilt the sunroof up, press and hold
the switch upward.
crc - 7/17/14
2-24 Keys
2 NOTES
crc - 7/17/14
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Side Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

Curtain Airbag System . . . . . . . 3-19
Head Restraints
Restraints Airbag On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . 3-20 Position
Child Restraints
Head Restraints
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-21 { Warning
Child Restraint Installation
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Only drive with the head restraint
Active Head Restraints . . . . . . . . 3-2 ISOFIX Child Restraint set to the proper position.
Front Seats Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Removed or improperly adjusted
Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Top Tether Child Restraint head restraints can result in
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 serious head and neck injuries in
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-5 case of a collision.
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Make sure that the head restraint
Folding Seat-back . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
readjusted before driving.
Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Three-Point Safety Belt . . . . . . 3-14
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Front Airbag System . . . . . . . . . 3-17
crc - 7/17/14
3-2 Seats and Restraints
The middle of the head restraint Height adjustment Horizontal adjustment

should be at eye level. If this is not Pull up the head restraints in order To tilt the front head restraints,
possible for extremely tall people, to adjust the position upward. Push
set to highest position, and set to 1. Place it in its upright position by
down the head restraints while pushing it forward fully and
lowest position for small people. pressing the release button in order releasing it.
to adjust the position downward.
2. Push the head restraint forward
carefully until it is adjusted to the
desired position.
Active Head Restraints

In the event of a rear-end impact,
the active head restraints at front
seats automatically tilt forwards. The
head is more effectively supported
crc - 7/17/14
by the head restraint and the risk of Front Seats angled when touching the
injuries caused by hyperextension in pedals. Slide the passenger seat
the cervical vertebrae area is as far back as possible.
reduced. Seat Position . Sit with your shoulders as far
back against the backrest as
{ Warning possible. Set the backrest angle
Only drive with the seat correctly so that you can easily reach the
adjusted. steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent. Maintain contact
between your shoulders and the
backrest when turning the
steering wheel. Do not tilt the
backrest too far back. We
recommend a maximum angle of
approx. 25.
. Adjust the steering wheel.
See Steering Wheel Adjustment
on page 5-2.
. Set the seat high enough to
have a clear field of vision on all
sides and on all display
instruments. There should be at
. Sit with your buttocks as far least one hand of clearance
back against the backrest as between your head and the
possible. Adjust the distance headlining. Your thighs should
between the seat and the pedals rest lightly on the seat without
so that your legs are slightly pressing into it.
crc - 7/17/14

. Adjust the head restraint. Seat positioning Seat backrests
See Head Restraints on
page 3-1.
. Adjust the height of the seat belt.
See "Height adjustment" under
See Three-Point Seat belt on
page 3-14.
Seat Adjustment
{ Danger
Do not sit nearer than 25 cm
(10in) to the steering wheel, to To move seat forward or backward, Pull lever, adjust inclination and
permit safe airbag deployment. pull the lever and slide seat to release lever. Allow the seat to
desired position. engage audibly.
Release the lever and make sure Note: Do not lean on seat when
{ Warning the seat is locked in place. adjusting.
Never adjust seats while driving Seat height

as they could move Pumping the lever on the outside of
uncontrollably. the seat cushion until the seat
cushion is adjusted to the desired
position.
To lower the seat cushion, push the
lever down several times.
crc - 7/17/14
To raise the seat cushion, pull the Power Seat Adjustment To move the seat forward or
lever up several times. backward, move and hold the switch
forward or backward.
Seat lumbar support { Warning When the seat-back reaches the
Do not adjust the driver's seat desired position, release the switch.
while the vehicle is moving.
Seat height adjustment
Driver could lose control of the
vehicle and injury or property
damage could result.
Seat slide adjustment
To increase or decrease the driver's

seat lumbar support, move the lever
forward or rearward.
To adjust the height of the front or
rear part of the seat cushion, push
the front or rear part of the switch up
or down.
When the seat-back reaches the
desired position, release the switch.
crc - 7/17/14
Seat reclining adjustment Heated Front Seats

{ Caution
Prolonged use of the highest
setting for people with sensitive
skin is not recommended.
Folding Seat-back
Passenger's seat folding
{ Caution
If you fold the seat-back forward
To tilt seat-back forward or to carry longer objects, such as
The seat heater switches are
backward, move and hold the upper skis, be sure any such cargo is
located below the centre console
part of the switch forward or not near an airbag.
box. To warm the seat:
backward. In a crash, an inflating airbag
1. Turn the ignition key on.
When the seat-back reaches the might force that object toward a
desired position, release the switch. 2. Press the seat heater switch that person. This could cause severe
you want to warm. Indicator in injury or even death. Secure
the button will be illuminated. object away from the area in
To turn off the seat heater, press the which an airbag would inflate.
switch again. Indicator in the button
will go out.
crc - 7/17/14
2. Pull up and hold the lever under

{ Caution the front of the seat to slide the Caution (Continued)
seat as far back as it will go and
Things you put on this seat-back release the lever. That could cause injury to the
can strike and injure people in a person sitting there. Always push
sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. 3. Lift the recliner lever, located on and pull on the seat back to
Remove or secure all items the outboard side of the seat, up ensure it is locked.
before driving. fully and fold the seat-back
forward until it stops in the
folded position.
To raise the passenger's seat-back,
do the following:
1. Lift the seat-back and push to
original position.
2. Latch the seat-back into place
by pushing on the top of the
seat-back.
3. Pull the seat-back forward again
to make sure the seat-back is
properly latched.
To fold the passenger's seat-back, { Caution

do the following:
If the seat-back is not locked, it
1. Lower the head restraint all could move forward in a sudden
the way. stop or crash.
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
Rear Seats { Caution

To fold down the rear seat-backs
separately:
Folding rear seat-back Folding a rear seat with the safety 1. Ensure all three of the seat belts
belts still fastened may cause are unbuckled and the front
{ Warning damage to the seat or the safety seat-backs are not reclined.
belts. Always unbuckle the safety 2. Push the head restraints
Do not stack luggage or other
belts and return them to their fully down.
cargo higher than the front seats.
normal stowed position before 3. Lift the lever located on the top
Do not allow passengers to sit on folding a rear seat. of the seat-back to release the
the folded seat-backs while the seat-back.
vehicle is in motion.
4. Fold the rear seat-back forward
Your vehicle has separate areas and down.
designed specifically for carrying
cargo or passengers.
Unrestrained luggage or
passengers on a folded seat-back
can be thrown about within or
ejected from the vehicle in a
sudden stop or accident.
Serious injuries or death can
result.
crc - 7/17/14
To return a rear seat-back to its To tilt the seat-backs, lift the lever
original position: Warning (Continued) on top of the rear seat-back until the
1. Hook the seat belts to the seat-back is adjusted to the desired
Do not pull the release levers on position.
retaining guide to make sure the the top of the seat-back while the
seat belts are not pinched. vehicle is moving. Double folding rear seat
2. Lift the rear seat-back and push Pulling the release levers while (7 seater only)
to original position. the vehicle is moving can cause
3. Unhook the seat belts from the injuries or damage to the { Warning
retaining guide. occupants.
Do not stack luggage or other
4. Latch the seat-back into place cargo higher than the front seats.
by pushing on the top of the Rear seat reclining adjustment
seat-back. Do not allow passengers to sit on
rear compartment when the rear
5. Pull the seat-back forward again seats are folded forward.
to make sure the seat-back is
properly latched. Unrestrained luggage or
passengers in rear compartment
{ Warning can be thrown about within or
ejected from the vehicle in a
Ensure that the rear seat-backs sudden stop or accident.
are all the way back and locked in
position before operating the
vehicle with passengers in the
back seat.
(Continued)
The rear seat-backs can be partially
reclined.
crc - 7/17/14
{ Warning
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety
belts.
Always unbuckle the safety belts
and return them to their normal
stowed position before folding a
rear seat.
When double folding or unfolding,
make sure the seat belt buckles For third row seating entry or exit, To return the rear seat to its original
are not pinched by the seat. do the following: position:
Serious injuries or death can 1. Ensure all three of the seat belts 1. Hook the seat belts to the
are unbuckled and the front retaining guide to make sure the
result.
seat-backs are not reclined. seat belts are not pinched.
2. Push the head restraints 2. Guide the rear seat
fully down. cushion down.
3. Pull the lever forward on the 3. Lock the rear seat cushion on
outside of the seat-back and fold the floor.
the seat-back. Make sure that the rear seat
4. The seat will tumble forward cushion is securely latched by
automatically and pulling it up and down.
air-pressurised support rods will
hold the seats folded.
crc - 7/17/14
4. Return the rear seat-back to its Folding the third row seat
original position. Make sure that
the seat-back is securely latched
by pulling it back and forth.
5. Unhook the seat belts from the
retaining guide.
{ Warning
Do not place the legs or other
body parts on the floor under rear
seat cushion when guiding the
rear seat cushion down.
{ Caution
Serious injuries can result.
Do not pull the lever when the To fold down the third row
seat-back is folded. This seat-backs:
operation can cause damage to 1. Ensure the seat belts are
the lever or related parts. unbuckled.
2. Lift the lever on the back of the
each seat-back.
3. Seat-back seat-back forward
and fold the seat-back.
crc - 7/17/14
To return the rear seat to its original The rear seat heater switch is Safety Belts
position: located on the each rear door panel.
1. Raise the seat-back to its To warm the seat: Seat belts
original position. Make sure that 1. Turn the ignition key on.
the seat-back is securely latched 2. Press the seat heater switch that
by pulling it back and forth. you want to warm to heat the left
2. Push the head restraint or right outboard seat cushion
backward to its original position. and seat-back.
Indicator in the button will be
Heated Rear Seats illuminated.
To turn off the seat heater, press
the switch again. Indicator in the
button will go out.
The belts are locked during heavy

acceleration or deceleration of the
vehicle for the safety of the
occupants.
{ Warning
Fasten safety belt before
each trip.
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
Seat belt reminder >. See Safety Third row seat occupants
Warning (Continued)
Belt Reminders on page 5-14. The third row seat is equipped with
In the event of an accident, Front seat occupants two seating positions featuring
people not wearing safety belts three-point lap-and-shoulder seat
endanger their fellow occupants Each front seat is equipped with belts.
and themselves. adjustable seat and seat-back with
height-adjustable head restraint, Belt force limiters
three point lap-and-shoulder seat In the front seats, stress on the
Seat belts are only designed for use belts, and a supplemental restraint body is reduced by the gradual
by one person at a time. They are system (air bag). release of the belt during a collision.
not suitable for people younger than
12 years of age or shorter than Rear seat occupants Belt tensioners
150 cm(5 ft). The rear seat is equipped with two In the event of a head-on or side or
Periodically check all parts of the outboard seating positions and a rear-end collision of a certain
belt system for damage and proper centre seating position featuring severity, the front seat belts are
functionality. three-point lap-and-shoulder seat tightened.
belts.
Have damaged components
replaced. After an accident, have Each outboard seating positions are { Warning
the belts and triggered belt equipped with child restraint lower
tensioners replaced by a repairer. anchors and the top tether anchors Incorrect handling (e.g. removal
located on the back of the rear or fitting of belts or belt buckles)
Note: Make sure that the belts are seat-back. can trigger the belt tensioners
not damaged by shoes or with risk of injury.
sharp-edged objects or trapped. See Child Restraint Installation
Prevent dirt from getting into the belt Locations on page 3-23.
retractors. Deployment of the belt tensioners is
indicated by illumination of control
indicator 9.
crc - 7/17/14
See Airbag and Seat belt Tensioner Three-Point Safety Belt

Light on page 5-14.
Triggered belt tensioners must be
Fitting
replaced by a repairer. Belt
tensioners can only be
triggered once.
Note: Do not affix or install
accessories or other objects that
may interfere with the operation of
the belt tensioners.
Do not make any modifications to
belt tensioner components as this Loose or bulky clothing prevents the
will invalidate the vehicle type belt from fitting snugly. Do not place
approval. objects such as handbags or mobile
phones between the belt and
Withdraw belt from reel, guide it your body.
untwisted across the body and
engage the latch plate in the buckle. { Warning
Tension the lap belt regularly while
driving by tugging the shoulder belt. The belt must not rest against
hard or fragile objects in the
pockets of your clothing.
crc - 7/17/14
Height adjustment Removing Safety Belt Use During

Pregnancy
Seat belt use during
pregnancy
{ Warning
The belt must be positioned as
low as possible across the pelvis
to prevent pressure on the
abdomen.
1. Press button. Safety belts work for everyone,

To release belt, press red button on including pregnant women.
2. Adjust height and engage. belt buckle.
Like all occupants, pregnant women
Adjust the height so that the belt lies are more likely to be seriously
across the shoulder. It must not lie injured if they do not wear seat
across the throat or upper arm. belts.
In addition, when a seat belt is worn
{ Warning properly, it is more likely that the
Do not adjust while driving. unborn child will be safe in a crash.
To provide maximum protection, a
pregnant woman should wear a
three-point seat belt.
crc - 7/17/14
She should wear the lap portion of Airbag System

the belt as low as possible Warning (Continued)
throughout her pregnancy. Airbag system wear their seat belts to minimise
The airbag system consists of a the risk of severe injury or death
number of individual systems. in the event of a crash. Do not sit
When triggered the airbags inflate or lean unnecessarily close to the
within milliseconds. They also airbag while the vehicle is in
deflate so quickly that it is often motion.
unnoticeable during the collision. The airbag may cause facial or
body scratch, injury by broken
{ Warning glasses or getting a burn by
explosion while airbag is
If handled improperly the airbag deployed.
systems can be triggered in an
explosive manner.
Note: The airbag systems and belt
The driver should sit back as far tensioner control electronics are
as possible while still maintaining located in the central console area.
control of the vehicle. If you are Do not put any magnetic objects in
sitting too close to the airbag, it this area.
can cause death or serious injury
Do not stick anything on the airbag
when it inflates.
covers and do not cover them with
For maximum safety protection in other materials.
all types of crashes, all occupants Each airbag is triggered only once.
including the driver should always Have deployed airbags replaced by
(Continued) a repairer.
crc - 7/17/14
Do not make any modifications to

Danger (Continued)
Front Airbag System
the airbag system as this will
invalidate the vehicle type approval. The front airbag system consists of
Furthermore, do not drive with a one airbag in the steering wheel and
In the event of airbag deployment baby seat fitted thereon. In case one in the instrument panel on the
have the steering wheel, the of an accident, the impact from passenger side. These can be
instrument panel, all panelling parts, the inflated airbag can cause identified by the word AIRBAG.
the door seals, the handles and the facial injury or death.
seats removed by a repairer.
When an air bag deploys, there may
be a loud noise and smoke. These
conditions are normal and are not { Caution
dangerous but in case it may
stimulate skin of the passenger. If the vehicle is impacted by
If the stimulation is continued, bumps or objects on unpaved
contact a doctor. roads or pavements, the air bag
may inflate. Drive slowly on the
surfaces not designed for vehicle
{ Danger traffic to prevent unintended air
Never allow children or infants bag deployment.
and pregnant women and the old The front airbag system is triggered
and the weak sit in the front Control indicator 9 for airbag in the event of an accident of a
passenger seats fitted with systems. certain severity in the depicted area.
airbags. The ignition must be ON.
See Airbag and Seat belt Tensioner
(Continued)
Light on page 5-14.
crc - 7/17/14
Warning (Continued)
Wear the seat belt properly
fastened. Only then the airbag is
able to protect.
Side Airbag System

The side airbag system consists of
an airbag in each front seat
backrest.
The forward movement of the front This can be identified by the word The risk of injury to the thorax and
seat occupants is retarded, thereby AIRBAG. pelvis in the event of a side-on
considerably reducing the risk of The side airbag system is triggered collision is considerably reduced.
injury to the upper body and head. in the event of an accident of a
certain severity. The ignition must { Warning
{ Warning be ON.
Keep the area in which the airbag
Optimum protection is only inflates clear of obstructions.
provided when the seat is in the
proper position.
Note: Only use protective seat
See Seat Position on page 3-3. covers that have been approved for
your vehicle. Be careful not to cover
the airbags.
inflates clear of obstructions.
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
Curtain Airbag System

{ Warning
Children who are seated in close
proximity to a side airbag may be
at risk of serious or fatal injury if
the airbag deploys, especially if
the child's head, neck, or chest is
close to the airbag at the time of
deployment.
Never let your child lean on the
door or close to the side airbag
module. The risk of injury to the head in the
event of a side impact is
The curtain airbag system consists considerably reduced.
of an airbag in the roof frame on
each side. This can be identified by { Warning
the word AIRBAG on the roof pillars.
The curtain airbag system is inflates clear of obstructions.
triggered in the event of an accident
of a certain severity. The ignition The hooks on the handles in the
must be ON. roof frame are only suitable for
hanging up light articles of
clothing, without coat hangers. Do
not keep any items in these
clothes.
crc - 7/17/14
Airbag On-Off Switch

{ Warning
Front airbag system for the front
passenger seat have to be Deactivate front passenger airbag
deactivated if a child restraint system when the front passenger
system is to be fitted on this seat. seat is occupied by a child.
The curtain airbag system, the belt Activate front passenger airbag
tensioners and all driver airbag
system when an adult is on the
systems will remain active.
front passenger seat.
Use the ignition key to choose the

position:
U = front passenger airbags are As long as the control indicator / is
deactivated and will not inflate in the not illuminated, the airbag systems
event of a collision. Control indicator for the front passenger seat will
/ illuminates continuously. A child inflate in the event of a collision.
restraint system can be installed in Change status only when the
accordance with the chart. vehicle is stopped with the
V = front passenger airbags are ignition off.
activated. No child restraint systems Status remains until the next
can be installed. change. Control indicator for airbag
Front passenger airbag system can deactivation.
be deactivated via a lock on the
side of the instrument panel, visible See Airbag On-Off Light on
when the front passenger door page 5-15.
is open.
crc - 7/17/14
Child Restraints { Warning

Child Restraint Systems WARNINGEXTREME HAZARD
We recommend the GM child Do not use a rearward facing
restraint system which is tailored child restraint on a seat protected
specifically to the vehicle. by an airbag in front of it.
When a child restraint system is The child could be seriously
being used, pay attention to the injured if the airbag inflates, as
following usage and installation the child's head would be very
instructions and also those supplied close to the inflating airbag.
with the child restraint system.
Always comply with local or national
regulations. In some countries, the
{ Warning
use of child restraint systems is NEVER use a rearward facing { Warning
forbidden on certain seats. child restraint on a seat protected When using a child restraint
by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of system on the front passenger
it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY seat, the airbag systems for the
to the CHILD can occur. front passenger seat must be
deactivated; if not, the triggering
of the airbags poses a risk of fatal
injury to the child.
This is especially the case if
rear-facing child restraint systems
are used on the front
passenger seat.
crc - 7/17/14
Selecting the right system Never carry a child while travelling Please ensure that infants and
in the vehicle. The child will become children are seated in the rear seats
The rear seats are the most
too heavy to hold in the event of a using child restraints.
convenient location to fasten a child
collision. Until the children can use seat belts,
restraint system.
When transporting children, use the please select a child restraint
Children should travel facing
child restraint systems suitable for suitable for its age and make sure
rearwards in the vehicle as long as
the child's weight. the child wears it. Please see the
possible. This makes sure that the
Ensure that the child restraint instructions on the relevant products
child's backbone, which is still very
system to be installed is compatible for child restraints.
weak, is under less strain in the
event of an accident. with the vehicle type.
Children under the age of 12 years Ensure that the mounting location of
that are shorter than 150 cm (5 ft) the child restraint system within the
are only allowed to travel in a vehicle is correct.
restraint system that is suitable for Only allow children to enter and exit
the child. Suitable are restraint the vehicle at the side facing away
systems that comply with ECE from the traffic.
44-03 or ECE 44-04. Since a proper
position of the belt is rarely possible When the child restraint system is
with a child that is shorter than not in use, secure the seat with a
150 cm (5 ft), we strongly advise the safety belt or remove it from the
use of an appropriate child restraint vehicle.
system, even though this might, due Note: Do not stick anything on the
to the age of the child, no longer be child restraint systems and do not
legally binding. cover them with any other materials.
A child restraint system which has
been subjected to stress in an
accident must be replaced.
crc - 7/17/14
Child Restraint Installation Locations

Permissible options for fitting a child restraint system
On front passenger seat
On the seats On the seats On outboard On centre On the seats
in the in the seats in the seat in the in the
Weight class third row third row second row second row third row
Group 0 up to 10 kg X U1 U+ X X
Group 0+ up to 13 kg X U1 U+ X X
Group I 9 to 18 kg X U1 U+ X X
Group II 15 to 25 kg X X U X X
Group III 22 to 36 kg X X U X X
1: Only if front passenger seat +: Seat available with ISOFIX and

airbag systems are deactivated. Top-Tether mounting brackets.
If the child restraint system is being U: Universal suitability in
secured using a three-point seat conjunction with three-point
belt, adjust the seat backrest angle seat belt.
to the most forward position and
ensure that vehicle seat belt runs X: No child restraint system
forwards from the upper anchorage permitted in this weight class.
point.
crc - 7/17/14
Permissible options for fitting an ISOFIX child restraint system

On
On front outboard On centre On the
passenger seats in the seat in the seats in the
Weight Class Size Class Fixture seat second row second row third row
Group 0 up to 10 kg E ISO/R1 X IL X X
E ISO/R1 X IL X X
Group 0+ up to 13 kg D ISO/R2 X IL X X
C ISO/R3 X IL X X
D ISO/R2 X IL X X
C ISO/R3 X IL X X
Group I 9 to 18 kg B ISO/F2 X IL, IUF X X
B1 ISO/F2X X IL, IUF X X
A ISO/F3 X IL, IUF X X
IL: Suitable for particular ISOFIX IUF: Suitable for ISOFIX ISOFIX size class and seat
restraint systems of the forward-facing child restraint device
'specific-vehicle', 'restricted' or systems of universal category
'semi-universal' categories. approved for use in this mass A - ISO/F3: Forward-facing child
group. restraint system for children of
The ISOFIX restraint system must maximum size in the weight class 9
be approved for the specific X: No ISOFIX child restraint system to 18 kg.
vehicle type. approved in this weight class.
crc - 7/17/14
B - ISO/F2: Forward-facing child ISOFIX Child Restraint rear seat backward allowing child
restraint system for smaller children restraints to be attached to the rear
in the weight class 9 to 18 kg.
Systems seats.
B1 - ISO/F2X: Forward-facing child To install a child restraint which
restraint system for smaller children comes equipped with ISOFIX low
in the weight class 9 to 18 kg. and top tether anchorage
C - ISO/R3: Rear-facing child attachments, follow the instructions
restraint system for children of supplied with your child restraint.
maximum size in the weight class Please take the time to carefully
up to 13 kg. read and follow all of the
D - ISO/R2: Rear-facing child instructions on the following pages
restraint system for smaller children and the instructions supplied with
in the weight class up to 13 kg. your child restraint.
E - ISO/R1: Rear-facing child Your child's safety depends on it!

restraint system for young children If you have questions, or any doubts
In the past, child restraints have
in the weight class up to 13 kg. whether you have installed your
been attached to a vehicle's seat by
child restraint properly, contact the
seat belts.
child restraint manufacturer. If you
As a result, child restraints were are still having trouble installing the
often installed incorrectly or too child restraint in your vehicle, we
loosely to adequately protect your recommend that you consult an
child. authorised repairer.
We now equip your vehicle with Installation of ISOFIX child restraint
ISOFIX low anchorages at the two systems
rear outboard seating positions and
with top tether anchorages in the
crc - 7/17/14
1. Select one of the rear outboard interfere with the proper latching
seating positions for installation of the child restraint to the { Warning
of the child restraint. anchors.
Use all ISOFIX low and top tether
4. Place the child restraint on the anchorages for their designed
seat over the two lower anchors purpose only.
and attach it to the anchors
following the instructions ISOFIX low and top tether
supplied with the child restraint. anchorages are designed only to
hold child restraints which come
5. Adjust and tighten the child
equipped with low and top
restraint according to the
anchorage attachments.
instructions supplied with the
child restraint. Do not use ISOFIX low and top
tether anchorages to hold adult
{ Caution seat belts, harnesses, or other
items of equipment in your
2. Locate the two lower anchor Unused child restraint system vehicle.
positions. could move forward.
Using ISOFIX low and top tether
The location of each lower Remove child restraint system if anchorages to hold adult seat
anchor is identified with a not in use, or secure it with belts, harnesses, or other items or
circular marking on the lower seat belt. equipment in your vehicle will not
edge of the rear seat-back. provide adequate protection in the
3. Make sure there are no foreign Note: Since a seat belt or child case of a collision and could
objects around lower anchors, restraint system can become very result in injuries or even death.
including seat belt buckles or hot if it is left in a closed vehicle, be
seat belts. Foreign objects can sure and check the seat cover and
buckles before placing a child there.
crc - 7/17/14
Top Tether Child

{ Warning { Caution Restraint Systems
Child restraint system placed in Full size rear facing child seats
the front seat could cause serious may not be suitable for
injury or death. installation. Contact your retailer
Never install a rear-facing child for information regarding suitable
restraint in the front seat of a child restraint systems.
vehicle equipped with a front Installation of child restraints with
passenger air bag. ISOFIX low and top tether
A child in a rear-facing child anchorage attachments.
restraint installed in the front seat
can be seriously injured if the
front passenger air bag inflates.
Secure a rear-facing child
restraint in the rear seat. To access the top tether anchor
points, do the following:
A front-facing child restraint
should be secured in the rear 1. Remove the foreign objects
seat whenever possible. around the top tether anchor.
If installed in the front passenger Remove the luggage

compartment cover.
seat, adjust the seat as far back
as it will go.
crc - 7/17/14
2. Attach the clip on the child

restraint's tether strap to the top
tether anchor, making sure to
remove any twists in the tether
strap.
If the position you are using has
an adjustable head restraint and
you are using a dual tether,
route the tether around the head
restraint.
If the position you are using has
an adjustable head restraint and
you are using a single tether,
raise the head restraint and
{ Warning
route the tether under the head Make sure the clip on the child
restraint and in between the restraint's tether strap is properly
head restraint posts. attached to the top tether
3. Tighten the child restraint's anchorage.
tether strap according to the Incorrect attachment could render
instructions supplied with the the tether strap and top tether
child restraint. anchorage ineffective.
4. Push and pull on the child
restraint after installation to be
sure the child restraint is secure.
crc - 7/17/14
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage
Compartments
Storage Compartments
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1 Instrument Panel Storage
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Centre Console Storage . . . . . . 4-4
Roof Panelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Luggage/Load Locations
The storages are located in the
Luggage Compartment . . . . . . . . 4-6
instrument panel. It is used for small
Additional Storage Features articles, etc.
Load Compartment Cover . . . . . 4-6
Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Information on Loading the
Vehicle
Information on Loading the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
crc - 7/17/14
4-2 Storage
Card holder Coin storage Glove Box
You can use the card holder by To open the coin storage, pull the Open the glove box by pulling the
inserting a card into slot. handle on the coin storage door bottom of the handle upward and
toward you. the glove box lamp will be turned
To close the coin storage, firmly on. Close the glove box with a firm
push the coin storage door shut. push and the glove box lamp will be
turned off.
crc - 7/17/14
Storage 4-3
Cupholders
{ Warning
Do not place uncovered cups of
hot liquid in the cup holder while
the vehicle is in motion. If the hot
liquid spills, you burn yourself.
Such a burn to the driver could
lead to loss of control of the
vehicle.
To reduce the risk of personal
injury in the event of sudden stop
The inner partition can be removed or collision, do not place
if you want to store larger items. uncovered or unsecured bottles,
After taking inner partition off, keep The cup holders are located in the glasses, cans, etc., in the cup
it in the left side groove of the centre console and in the second holder while the vehicle is in
glove box. row seat armrest. motion.
To use the rear cup holder, push the
{ Warning button above the cup holder. The
rear cup holder will pop out
To reduce the risk of injury in an automatically.
accident or a sudden stop, always
keep the glovebox door closed
while driving.
crc - 7/17/14
4-4 Storage
Sunglasses Storage Underseat Storage Centre Console Storage
Fold down to open. To use the front passenger seat To open the console box, pull up on
undertray, pull up on the end of the the lever and lift lid.
{ Caution tray and pull it toward the instrument
panel. Push the tray toward the seat
To close the console box, lower the
lid and push it down until it latches.
Do not use for storing heavy to return it to its original position.
objects.
crc - 7/17/14
Storage 4-5
Roof Panelling
{ Caution
Assist grip with coat hook
Hanging items on your vehicle's
assist grips can obstruct the
driver's view.
Do not hang anything on the
assist grips, unless they are
equipped with a coat hook.
Obstructing the driver's view can
lead to an accident resulting in
personal injuries and damage to
You can use another storage by your vehicle or other property.
pressing and pushing the lever on
the cup holders.
Your vehicle has assist grips above

the front seat passenger's door and
the rear doors. The grip above each
rear door includes coat hook.
To use the assist grips, pull down
and hold it. The grips will swing up
automatically when releasing it.
Passengers can use the grips for
assistance in entering / exiting the
vehicle, or for hand-holds during
spirited driving.
crc - 7/17/14
4-6 Storage
Luggage/Load { Caution Additional Storage

Locations Do not allow items in the storage
Features
to extend above the top of the
Luggage Compartment storage. Otherwise, the storage or
Load Compartment Cover
Under floor storage luggage floor may be damaged.
Rear storage
Luggage or other cargo placed in

the luggage compartment can be
There is storage under the luggage hidden from view by a luggage
compartment floor. To access the compartment cover.
floor storage, pull floor mat handle In the both sides of the luggage
upward. To operate the cover, pull the handle
compartment floor, there are floor of the cover toward you and then
side trays. insert the retainer into the slot
located on both sides of the tailgate
openings.
crc - 7/17/14
Storage 4-7
To remove the cover, release the Roof Rack System

handle after pulling it toward you a { Warning
little. The cover retracts Roof rack
automatically. If you try to carry something on
The roof rack can be used to top of your vehicle that is longer
conveniently carry additional cargo, or wider than the roof rack, the
or bulky items, such as bicycles, wind can catch it as you drive
which are better carried outside along. This can cause you to lose
than inside. The roof rack has side control. What you are carrying
rails attached to the roof. Consult an could be torn off violently, and this
authorised repairer for details and could cause you or other drivers
regulations on driving with a loaded to have a collision, and of course
roof rack. damage your vehicle.
Ensure that the load is evenly
Never carry something longer or
distributed over the side or cross
rails. The roof surface must not be wider than the roof rack on top of
loaded. your vehicle.
A loaded luggage carrier alters the A loaded roof rack changes the
vehicle's centre of gravity. Drive vehicle's centre of gravity. Do not
carefully when in crosswinds and do drive at high speeds. Take
not drive at high speeds. precautions when driving in
crosswinds.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
as you are driving, check frequently Failure to follow this caution can
to make sure your cargo are result in vehicle damage and
securely fastened. personal injury.
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
4-8 Storage
. Do not place any objects on the
Warning (Continued) Information on tailgate cover or the instrument
The maximum load for the roof

Loading the Vehicle panel, do not cover the sensor
on top of the instrument panel.
rack rails is 220 lbs (100 kg). Do Information on loading the . The load must not obstruct the
not exceed the maximum vehicle vehicle operation of the pedals, parking
capacity when loading your brake and gear selector,
. Heavy objects in the tailgate
vehicle. should be placed against the or hinder the freedom of
seat backrests. Ensure the movement of the driver. Do not
backrests are securely engaged. place any unsecured objects in
If objects can be stacked, the the interior.
heavier objects should be placed . Do not drive with an open
at the bottom. tailgate.
. Secure objects in tailgate to . The payload is the difference
prevent sliding. between the permitted gross
. When transporting objects in the vehicle weight (See Identification
tailgate, the backrests of the rear Plate on page 12-1) and the
seats must not be angled kerb weight.
forward. For the kerb weight in
. Do not allow the load to protrude detail,refer to the technical data
above the upper edge of the section.
backrests. . Driving with a roof load
increases the sensitivity of the
vehicle to cross-winds and has a
detrimental effect on vehicle
handling due to the vehicle's
higher centre of gravity.
crc - 7/17/14
Storage 4-9
Distribute the load evenly and

secure it properly with retaining
straps. Adjust the tyre pressure
and vehicle speed according to
the load conditions. Check and
retighten the straps frequently.
crc - 7/17/14
4-10 Storage
2 NOTES
crc - 7/17/14
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Low Engine Oil Level

Instruments and Malfunction
Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Controls Service Vehicle Soon
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Change Engine Oil Light . . . . . 5-21
Fuel Economy Light . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Brake System Warning Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-21
Controls Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Water in Fuel Warning
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-3 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Immobiliser Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Windscreen Wiper/Washer . . . . 5-3 All-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . 5-18 Reduced Engine Power
Rear Window Wiper/ Descent Control System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Apply Foot brake Light . . . . . . . 5-22
Headlamp Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Speed Sensitive Power Main-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Steering (SSPS) Warning Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-22
Power Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 Rear Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-22
Ultrasonic Parking Sensor Tail lamp Indicator Light . . . . . . 5-23
Warning Lights Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Electronic Stability Control Trailer Indicator Light . . . . . . . . 5-23
Mileometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 (ESC) Indicator Light . . . . . . . 5-19 Bonnet Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Electronic Stability Control Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 (ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Service Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Engine Coolant Temperature Information Displays
Transmission Display . . . . . . . . 5-14 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Driver Information
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Pre-Heat Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Centre (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Tyre Pressure Monitoring
Airbag and Safety Belt System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Tensioner Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Diesel Particulate Filter
Airbag On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-15 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-20
crc - 7/17/14
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Vehicle Messages Controls

Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 { Caution
Brake System Messages . . . . 5-25
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-25 Steering Wheel If strong impact delivers to
Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-26 Adjustment steering column axle direction
when the steering wheel is
Trip Computer adjusted or the lever is locked, it
Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 may cause damage to the parts
related to steering wheel.
{ Caution
If the steering wheel is turned
until it reached the end of its
travel, and is held in that position
for more than 10 seconds,
damage may occur to the power
Unlock lever, adjust steering wheel, steering system and there may be
then engage lever and ensure it is loss of power steering assist.
fully locked.
Do not adjust steering wheel unless
vehicle is stationary.
crc - 7/17/14
Steering Wheel Controls Horn Windscreen Wiper/

Washer
windscreen wiper
The climate control system and the Press a.

cruise control can be operated by
the controls on the steering wheel.
See Electronic Climate Control To operate the windscreen wipers,
System on page 8-13. turn the ignition ON and move the
windscreen wiper / washer lever
See Cruise Control on page 9-24. upward.
HI: Continuous wipe, fast speed.
OFF: System off.
MIST: Misting function.
crc - 7/17/14
Misting function Automatic wipers with rain

Caution (Continued) sensor
To operate the windscreen wipers
once in case of light rain or mist, Do not operate the windscreen
lightly press the windscreen wiper wipers when the windscreen is
/washer lever down and release it. dry or obstructed, as with snow or
The lever will return automatically to ice. Using the wipers on an
its normal position when released. obstructed windscreen can
The wipers will operate through one damage the wiper blades, wiper
cycle. motor, and glass.
Check blades are not frozen to
{ Caution windows before operating in cold
weather. Wiper operation while
The automatic front wipers can be blade is frozen can damage wiper
deactivated when the shift lever motor.
position is Neutral and the vehicle The rain sensor detects the amount
speed is less than 5km/h. of water on the windscreen and
automatically regulates the
windscreen wipers.
{ Caution To operate the windscreen wipers
automatically, move the windscreen
Less than clear vision for the wiper/ washer lever toward the
driver can lead to an accident AUTO position.
resulting in personal injury and The sensitivity of the system can be
damage to your vehicle or other adjusted by turning the band of the
property. windscreen wiper/washer lever up
(Continued) or down.
crc - 7/17/14
To turn the system off, move the windscreen washer

windscreen wiper/washer lever { Warning
toward the OFF position.
Do not spray washer fluid on the
windscreen in freezing weather.
{ Caution Using washer fluid and wipers
Do not switch on the windscreen may cause an accident in
wipers or set them to automatic freezing weather because washer
operation with rain sensor in car fluid can form ice on a frozen
washes. This could damage the windscreen and obstruct your
wiper blades or wiper system. vision.
The windscreen wipers operate

once to check the system when the
ignition switch is turned to ACC Pull lever. Washer fluid is sprayed
while the wiper lever is in the AUTO onto the windscreen and the wiper
position. swipes for one stroke.
So as to ensure proper operation of
the rain sensor, the sensor field { Caution
must be free from dust and dirt.
Vehicles with rain sensor can be Do not operate the windscreen
identified by the sensor field near washer continuously for more
the top of the windscreen. than some seconds, or when the
washer fluid tank is empty. This
The wipers are not operated when can cause the washer motor to
select lever of automatic transaxle is overheat resulting in costly
in "N" position and vehicle speed is
repairs.
lower than 5 km/h.
crc - 7/17/14
Rear Window Wiper/ Washer

Washer
{ Caution
Less than clear vision for the
Wiper driver can lead to an accident
resulting in personal injury and
damage to your vehicle or other
property.
Do not operate the tailgate
window wiper when the tailgate
window is dry or obstructed, as
with snow or ice.
Using the wiper on an obstructed
window can damage the wiper
To spray washer fluid on the tailgate blades, wiper motor, and glass.
window, press the button at the end
of the lever until the washers begin. Check blade is not frozen to
To operate the tailgate wiper, turn When you release the button, the window before operating in cold
the ignition ACC or ON and rotate washers will stop, but the wipers will weather. Wiper operation while
the end of the windscreen wiper/ continue to wipe about three times. blade is frozen can damage wiper
washer lever upward. motor.
The tailgate wiper operates in the Do not spray washer fluid on the
following three positions: tailgate window in freezing
weather.
OFF : System off. Default position.
(Continued)
INT : Intermittent operation.
LO : Continuous wipe, slow speed.
crc - 7/17/14
Caution (Continued)
Headlamp Washer low, the washer system cannot be
operated for about 4 minutes after
spraying.
Warm the tailgate window before
you operate the tailgate window
washer.
Clock
Washer fluid can form ice on a
frozen tailgate window and
obstruct your vision.
Do not operate the tailgate
window washer continuously for
more than some seconds,
or when the washer fluid tank is
empty. This can cause the washer
motor to overheat resulting in Your vehicle may have headlamp
costly repairs. washers.
The headlamp washers clear debris
Rear smart wiper from the headlamp lenses.
When the ignition is ACC or ON, the
To achieve a clear vision in the rain, To wash the headlamps, press the digital clock displays the time. The
the rear wiper will operate washer button located on the left digital clock has three adjusting
automatically when you select side of the instrument panel when buttons.
reverse gear while the front wiper is the headlamps are turned on.
Washer fluid is sprayed onto the H: Hour button.
operating.
headlamps. Then the headlamp To advance 1 hour, press the H
washer system is disabled for about button.
2 minutes. If washer fluid level is
crc - 7/17/14
To advance more than 1 hour, press Power Sockets A 12V power outlet is located in
and hold the H button until you front of centre console, below the
reach the correct hour. backward of centre console and on
the left side of luggage
M: Minute button. compartment.
To advance 1 minute, press the M Do not exceed the maximum power
button. consumption of 120 watts.
To advance more than 1 minute, With ignition off the power outlet is
press and hold the M button until deactivated.
you reach the correct minute.
Additionally the power outlet is
S : Set button. deactivated in case of low battery
To reset the time to the nearest voltage.
hour, press the S button.
If you press this button when the { Caution
time is between 8:00 and 8:29 for
example, the display will reset Do not connect any current
to 8:00. delivering accessories, e.g.
electrical charging devices or
If you press this button while the batteries.
time is between 8:30 and 8:59 for
example, the display will reset Do not damage the sockets by
to 9:00. using unsuitable plugs.
Note: Remember to reset your
vehicle's clock each time you
disconnect and then reconnect the
battery or replace a fuse.
crc - 7/17/14
Warning Lights Mileometer
Speedometer
If your vehicle has a DIC in the

middle of the cluster, the odometer,
trip A, trip B and the personalisation
setting (language or keyless
locking) display in the DIC.
Indicates vehicle speed.
The odometer, trip A, trip B can be
switched by pressing the button
located in the lower left area of the
speedometer.
On the odometer display, press and
hold the button to enter the
personalisation setting menu.
You can select the following order.
crc - 7/17/14
Each menu can be switched by Press the button shortly, until the To select, press the button a few
pressing the button shortly. language is displayed to the desired seconds.
. Language language.
Feature Settings Exit
. Keyless Locking Change To select, press the button a few
seconds.
. Feature Settings Exit
Keyless Locking Change
Note: The vehicle should be in
stationary condition with the select
lever in P.
Language
Press the button a few seconds

when Feature Settings Exit displays
to return the odometer.
Press the button a few seconds
when Keyless Locking Change
displays.
Each time you press the button
Press the button a few seconds shortly, the mode changes in the
when language displays. following order:
Off On No change Off..
crc - 7/17/14
Rev Counter <Diesel> Fuel Gauge

<Petrol>
Displays the engine revolutions per Displays the fuel level in the tank.
minute.
Never run the tank dry.
Drive in a low engine speed range
for each gear as much as possible. Because of the fuel remaining in the
tank, the top-up quantity may be
less than the specified tank
{ Caution capacity.
If the needle is in the warning Movement of the fuel within the fuel
zone, the maximum permitted tank causes the fuel gauge pointer
engine speed is exceeded. to move when you brake, accelerate
Engine is at risk. or turn.
crc - 7/17/14
{ Danger
Before refuelling, stop vehicle and
switch off the engine.
Service Display
Control indicators
The control indicators described are
not present in all vehicles. The
description applies to all instrument
versions. The actual in the vehicle
may differ from the description.
When the ignition is switched on,
most control indicators will
illuminate briefly as a
functionality test.
crc - 7/17/14
Control indicators in the instrument cluster

crc - 7/17/14
Transmission Display If the green arrows don't flash when Passenger's seat belt reminder
you signal a turn or push the hazard indicator is located above the
warning button, check the fuse and glove box.
replace any that are not operating C for front passenger seat
properly. illuminates or flashes, when seat is
See Bulb Replacement on occupied.
page 10-25 When the ignition switched ON, the
See Fuses on page 10-29 indicator light and warning chime
See Indicator Signals on page 6-5 comes on and stay for several
seconds to remind fasten seat belts.
Seat Belt Reminders The light flashes until the seat belt
is buckled.
> for driver's seat illuminates or
flashes. If seat belt remains unbuckled when
If your vehicle has a DIC in the the vehicle is moving, lights and
middle of the cluster, the selected chime repeat.
gear or transmission mode display
If the seat belt is buckled, light and
will be shown on the bottom of
chime will go off.
the DIC.
See Three-Point Seat belt on
Indicator page 3-14
G illuminates or flashes green. Airbag and Safety Belt
Flashes Tensioner Light
The control indicator flashes if an 9 illuminates.
indicator or the hazard lights are
activated.
crc - 7/17/14
When the ignition is switched on, Airbag On-Off Light It illuminates when the ignition is
the control indicator illuminates for switched on and goes out shortly
about few seconds. If it does not after the engine starts.
illuminate, does not go out after few
seconds or illuminates whilst Illuminates when the engine is
driving, there is a fault in the belt running
tensioner or in the airbag system. Stop, switch off engine. Battery is
The systems may fail to trigger in not charging. Engine cooling may
the event of an accident. be interrupted.
Vehicle trouble or deployment of the Seek the assistance of a repairer.
belt tensioners or airbags may be
indicated by continuous illumination Malfunction
of 9 Indicator Lamp
{ Warning The control indicator is located * illuminates.
above the glove box. It illuminates when the ignition is
Have the cause of the fault switched on and goes out shortly
eliminated immediately by a
c for front passenger airbag
illuminates. after the engine starts.
repairer.
When the control indicator
illuminates the front passenger { Caution
See Airbag System on page 3-16 airbag is deactivated. The indicator light signals that
See "Belt tensioners" under Seat your vehicle has a problem that
belts on page 3-12 Charging System Light requires attention. Driving with the
" illuminates. malfunction indicator light on can
damage the emissions control
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
See Diesel Fuel Filter on When the parking brake is released

Caution (Continued) page 10-24 the brake system warning light will
Your vehicle's electronic system will remain illuminated if the brake fluid
system and can affect the fuel level is too low or if there is a brake
economy and drive ability of your switch to an emergency running
programmer so you may continue to system fault.
vehicle.
drive. However, you should consult See Brake Fluid on page 10-21
Consult a repairer to repair the a repairer to repair the problem as
problem as soon as possible. soon as possible. { Warning
If the MIL comes on briefly and then
The Malfunction Indicator Light goes out again, this is normal and Do not drive with the brake
(MIL) will illuminate if a fault exists does not indicate a system fault. system warning lamp on.
in the emission related components This may mean your brakes are
or related sub systems. Service Vehicle Soon not working properly.
It will stay on as long as the Engine Light Driving with malfunctioning
Control Module (ECM) detects the
fault. If a severe misfire level is B illuminates when the vehicle brakes can lead to a collision
needs a service. resulting in personal injuries and
detected, the MIL will flash
continuously. Severe misfire can damage to your vehicle and other
Have the vehicle checked by a
cause catalytic converter damage. property.
repairer immediately.
The Malfunction Indicator Light
(MIL) will also illuminate to indicate Brake System Warning Electric parking brake light
that there is a malfunction in the Light Parking brake status light
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF).
If this happens, you should consult $ illuminates. For vehicles with the Electric
a repairer to repair the problem Parking Brake (EPB), the parking
immediately. brake status light Y comes on
crc - 7/17/14
briefly as the engine is started. If it should come on briefly when the Illuminates for a few seconds after
does not come on, have the vehicle vehicle is in ON/ START. If it does the ignition is switched on. The
serviced by an authorised repairer. not come on then, have it fixed so it system is ready for operation when
will be ready to warn if there is a the control indicator goes out.
The parking brake status light Y problem.
comes on when the parking brake is If the control indicator does not go
applied. If the light continues If this light comes on, there is a out after a few seconds, or if it
flashing after the parking brake is problem with a system on the illuminates while driving, there is a
released or while driving, there is a vehicle that is causing the parking fault in the ABS. The brake system
problem with the Electric Parking brake system to work at a reduced remains operational but without ABS
Brake system. level. The vehicle can still be driven, regulation.
but should be taken to a dealer as See Antilock Brake System (ABS)
If the light does not come on, soon as possible.
or remains flashing, consult an on page 9-17.
authorised repairer. For vehicles with the Electric
Parking Brake (EPB), # comes on Up-Shift Light
Parking brake warning light when the EPB switch is released
For vehicles with the Electric without pressing the brake pedal.
Parking Brake (EPB), the parking Always press the brake pedal
brake warning light before pressing the EPB switch to
release the Electric Parking Brake.
See Parking Brake on page 9-18
Antilock Brake System The vehicle may have an up-shift

light.
(ABS) Warning Light
When this light comes on, shift to
! illuminates. the next higher gear if weather,
road, and traffic conditions allow.
crc - 7/17/14

. This light also will disappear
All-Wheel-Drive Light DCS active indicator illuminates(as
when temperature of friction
green colour) when DCS is ready
C illuminates when the ignition is for use and flashes(as green colour) material (front pad) is lower than
ON and goes out after about a few while DCS is operating by pressing 350C.
seconds. the DCS button located on the . The flashing and illuminating of
This light flashes when AWD system centre of the instrument panel. DCS not ready & warning light
is temporarily disabled and DCS not ready & warning light notify you that the friction
illuminates to indicate that there is a works as the following: material needs to cool
malfunction in the AWD system. down(drive your vehicle enough
. Flashes (as amber colour) to without braking as much as
If AWD system warning light comes indicate that DCS is not ready
on, you should consult a repairer to possible). Above temperature
for condition to operate due to may differ somewhat according
repair the problem as soon as the high temperature (about
possible. to vehicle condition or
350~400C) of friction material environment (season or outer
See All-Wheel Drive on page 9-15 (front pad) through severe or temperature) or etc.
repeated braking. This light will
Descent Control System disappear when the temperature
of friction material (front pad) is
Speed Sensitive Power
Light lower than 350C. Steering (SSPS) Warning
5 illuminates. . Illuminates (as amber colour) to Light
Active and not ready/warning indicate that there is a E illuminates.
light malfunction in the system due to
the high temperature (over 400 It illuminates when the ignition is
The green DCS light is DCS active C) of friction material (front pad) switched on and goes out shortly
indicator and the amber DCS light is through severe or repeated after the engine starts.
DCS not ready & warning light. braking.
crc - 7/17/14
If the indicator does not go out after Electronic Stability If you have been operating your
a few seconds, or if it illuminates vehicle under normal driving
while driving, there is a fault in the
Control (ESC) Indicator conditions, you should pull off the
power steering. Light road, stop your vehicle and let the
Seek the assistance of a repairer. d illuminates or flashes. engine idle for a few minutes.
This lamp flashes while ESC is If the lamp does not go out, you
Ultrasonic Parking operating and illuminates to indicate should turn the engine off and
consult a repairer as soon as
Sensor Light that there is a malfunction in the
possible. We recommend that you
system.
X illuminates. consult an authorised repairer.
. Fault due to sensors that are Electronic Stability
dirty Pre-Heat Light
Control (ESC) Off Light
. Covered by ice or snow K illuminates.
g illuminates or flashes.
. Outside ultrasonic waves Illuminates when preheating is
Illuminates when the system is activated. When the light goes out
interference
deactivated. the engine can be started.
The source of interference is
removed, the system will operate Engine Coolant
normally.
Tyre Pressure Monitoring
Temperature Warning System Light
If the lamp does not go out, you Light
have the cause of the fault in the 7 illuminates yellow.
system remedied by a repairer. C illuminates. It illuminates when the ignition is
This lamp tells you that the engine switched on and goes out shortly
coolant has overheated. after the engine starts.
crc - 7/17/14
If the light comes on while driving, It goes off when the self cleaning
the tyre pressure monitoring system operation is complete. { Warning
has detected that one or more of See Diesel Particulate Filter on
your tyres is significantly When the engine is off,
page 9-7 considerably more force is
under-inflated.
needed to brake and steer.
Stop the vehicle in safety place, Engine Oil Pressure Light
check tyres and inflate the tyres to Do not remove the key until
the recommended pressure on the : illuminates. vehicle has come to a standstill,
tyre inflation pressure label. It illuminates when the ignition is otherwise the steering column
switched on and goes out shortly lock could engage unexpectedly.
When the system detects a
malfunction, the light flashes for after the engine starts.
about one minute and then stays on Illuminates when the engine is Check oil level before seeking the
for the remainder of the ignition running assistance of a repairer.
cycle. See Engine Oil on page 10-11
The malfunction light comes on until
the problem is corrected. Have the
{ Caution Low Engine Oil Level
vehicle checked by a repairer. Engine lubrication may be Light
interrupted. This may result in
Diesel Particulate Filter damage to the engine and/or L illuminates when the ignition is
ON and goes out after a few
Light locking of the drive wheels.
seconds.
L flashes. (Diesel only) This light illuminates when engine
If the engine oil pressure warning
Flashes and a chime sounds if the lamp comes on while driving, pull off oil level is too low.
diesel particle filter requires the road, stop the engine and check If engine oil level warning light
cleaning and previous driving the oil level. comes on, check engine oil level
conditions did not permit automatic and top up if necessary.
cleaning.
crc - 7/17/14
See Engine Oil on page 10-11 Once the engine oil has been
changed, the engine oil life system { Caution
Change Engine Oil Light must be reset. After reset, the
Do not let your vehicle run out
change engine oil light will go out.
of fuel.
See Engine Oil on page 10-11
This can damage the catalytic
Fuel Economy Light converter.
For vehicles with the eco (fuel

economy mode) light, it comes on See Catalytic Converter on
when the eco (economy) switch, page 9-8
or
located on the centre console near
the gear lever, is pressed. Press the Water in Fuel Warning
switch again to turn off the light and Light
exit the fuel saver mode.
For vehicles with petrol engine, the
eco light will turn off when you move
gear lever to manual mode.
7 illuminates when the ignition is
ON and goes out after a few Low Fuel Warning Light
seconds. . illuminates. It illuminates (diesel only) when the
Your vehicle may have an engine oil Illuminates when level in fuel tank is water level in the fuel filter exceeds
life system that lets you know when too low. a certain level.
to change the engine oil.
Immediately drain the water from
When the change engine oil light fuel filter.
comes on, it means that the engine
oil needs to be changed.
crc - 7/17/14
The warning lamp will go off when Reduced Engine Power Also, it illuminates when the clutch
draining is completed. pedal needs to be operated to
Light restart the engine.
See Diesel Fuel Filter on
page 10-24 w illuminates. See Automatic Engine Start/Stop
It illuminates with the service vehicle Feature on page 9-4
Security Light soon light when the vehicle needs a
If your vehicle has additional
service. Main-Beam On Light
anti-theft system related to Pull off the road, stop the engine 3 illuminates.
Thatcham insurance, the anti-theft and restart after 10 seconds.
See Headlamp Main/Dipped-Beam
off indicatoro illuminates to The vehicle may be driven at a Changer on page 6-3
indicate that you have disabled the reduced speed.
intrusion and inclination sensor by Have the vehicle checked by a Front Fog Lamp Light
pressing the button located on the repairer immediately.
headlining. If you press the button .# illuminates.
again, the indicator will go out.
Apply Foot brake Light Illuminated when the front fog lamps
See Anti-theft Alarm System on are on.
page 2-12 0 illuminates.
See Front Fog Lamps on page 6-5
It illuminates when the EPB switch
Immobiliser Light is released without pressing the
Rear Fog Lamp Light
brake pedal. Always press the brake
A illuminates. pedal before pressing the EPB s illuminates.
Illuminates when fault in the switch to release the Electric
Illuminated when the rear fog lamps
immobiliser system. The engine Parking Brake.
are on.
cannot be started. See Parking Brake on page 9-18
See Rear Fog Lamps on page 6-6
Have the cause of the fault
remedied by a repairer.
crc - 7/17/14
Tail lamp Indicator Light Bonnet Ajar Light

; illuminates. It illuminates when the bonnet
Illuminated when the tail lamps is open.
are on. See Automatic Engine Start/Stop
Feature on page 9-4
Cruise Control Light
J illuminates when the cruise Door Ajar Light
control systems are on.
It will go out when the cruise control
system is turned off.
Trailer Indicator Light

Illuminates.
It illuminates when a door is open.
Tailgate ajar light
m illuminates when the tailgate is
open or not securely latched.
Illuminates when the trailer is
connected to your vehicle. It will go
out when the trailer is disconnected.
crc - 7/17/14
Information Displays
Driver Information Centre (DIC)
crc - 7/17/14
1. FATC (Fully Automatic Vehicle Messages Key and Lock Messages

Temperature Control) display
panel Messages displayed on the DIC (in Accessory Mode Active
the middle of the cluster) indicate
2. Outside temperature If the vehicle has the keyless
the status of the vehicle or some
access system, this message
3. Trip computer action that may be needed to
displays when the accessory mode
4. Compass correct a condition. Multiple
is active.
messages may appear one after
5. Dual zone another. Electronic Key Not Detected
The DIC is the Driver Information If the vehicle has the keyless
Centre that displays the trip Brake System Messages access system, this message
computer, display panel for displays if the vehicle does not
automatic temperature control, Press Brake To Start Engine
detect the presence of a transmitter
outside temperature, compass If the vehicle has the keyless when you have attempted to start
information and dual zone when access system, this message the vehicle or a vehicle door has
ignition switch is ON. displays if you try to start the engine just closed.
without having the brake pressed.
Electronic key Not Detected
Press Clutch To Start Engine Restart Allowed
If the vehicle has the keyless If the vehicle has the keyless
access system, this message access system, this message
displays if you try to start the engine displays when the keyless access
without having the clutch pressed. transmitter is not detected inside the
vehicle while you are trying to turn
the ignition off.
crc - 7/17/14
Rotate Control To Off Position Trip Computer 3. Press the Q or R button to

If the vehicle has the keyless change the distance unit (km
Trip computer provides the driver mile).
access system, this message with driving information such as
displays as a reminder to turn the driving distance for remaining fuel, Driving distance for remaining fuel
ignition off. average fuel consumption, average
Service Keyless Start System speed and driving time.
If the vehicle has the keyless Each time you press the MODE
access system, this message button, the display changes in the
displays when there is a problem following order:
with this feature. Driving distance for remaining fuel
Average speed Driving time
Transmission Messages Average fuel consumption
Driving distance for remaining fuel.
Shift To Park
To reset average speed or driving
If the vehicle has the keyless time or average fuel consumption,
access system, this message press the MODE button for more
displays if the vehicle is not in than 2 seconds. This mode indicates the estimated
P (Park) while the engine is being driving distance to empty from the
turned off. To change the distance unit, do the
following: current fuel in the fuel tank.
1. Press the SET button for more When the distance to empty is less
than 2 seconds. The than 50 km (30 miles), will
temperature unit will flash. display.
2. Press the SET button again. The

distance unit will flash.
crc - 7/17/14
Note: The driving distance for Driving time Average Fuel Consumption
remaining fuel can differ from the
actual distance according to driving
conditions, driving pattern or vehicle
speed.
Average speed
This mode indicates the total driving This mode indicates the vehicle's
time. To reset the driving time to average fuel consumption.
zero, press the MODE button for Note: Average fuel consumption is
more than 2 seconds. The driving reset to 10.0 if the battery is
time will be initialised to 0:00 after disconnected.
being displayed to 99:59.
This mode indicates the average To reset the average fuel
speed. To reset the average speed consumption to zero, press the
to zero, press the MODE button for MODE button for more than
more than 2 seconds. 2 seconds.
Note: The average fuel
consumption can differ from the
actual average fuel consumption
according to driving conditions.
crc - 7/17/14
The average fuel consumption can 3. When the calibration is finished,

according to the driving conditions, the compass display does not
driving pattern or vehicle speed. flash anymore. You can turn
around to any direction, left or
Compass right.
If enough space is not available
to turn around 1 circle, turn the
vehicle around as shown in the
below figure.
Release conditions for the
compass calibration
1. If you press the MODE and SET . Press the SET button twice
button simultaneously for more continuously.
than 2 seconds, the compass . When the vehicle is not turned
display flashes.
within 90 seconds after
2. Turn the vehicle around 1 calibration mode started.
complete circle within
This displays the vehicle's driving Note: The direction will be
90 seconds slowly, then the
direction to 8-direction (N, NE, E, displayed while driving.
calibration will be accomplished.
SE, S, SW, W, NW). If the compass display continues to
Note: Whenever the DIC or the flash, turn around again slowly until
battery is disconnected, the DIC it goes off.
must be recalibrated. To do this, the
vehicle must be driven through
360. Until calibrated the compass
will not function correctly.
crc - 7/17/14
Note: In the compass calibration

mode, press the SET button to
move to deflection calibration mode.
At that time, press Q or R button to
adjust deflection calibration value.
{ Caution
If there are mobile telephones or
magnetic bodies around the DIC,
the compass may not be operated
properly.
Fatc display panel/outside

temperature
See Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8-6
crc - 7/17/14
2 NOTES
crc - 7/17/14
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Lighting Features

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Exterior Lighting
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-9
Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Automatic Light Control . . . . . . . 6-2
Headlamp Main/Dipped-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Headlamp Range
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Daytime Running To turn the head, tail and parking
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 lamps on or off, twist the end of the
Hazard Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 combination switch lever.
Turn and Lane-Change The light switch has three positions
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 which activate various lamp
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 functions as follows:
Rear Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Reversing Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 OFF: All the lights are off.
Misted Lamp Covers . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 ; : The parking lamps, tail lamps,
Interior Lighting number plate lamps, and instrument
Instrument Panel Illumination panel lamps are illuminated.
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 5 3 : The dipped beam
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 headlamps and all of the above
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 lamps are illuminated.
crc - 7/17/14
6-2 Lighting
Automatic Light Control ; : The parking lamps, tail lamps,

number plate lamps, and instrument { Caution
panel lamps are illuminated. If you open a driver's door or
2 3: The dipped beam when you press UNLOCK button
headlamps and the lamps to come on the remote keyless entry
on in the position ; are transmitter, instrument panel
illuminated. lamps will come on automatically
and stay on for about 30 seconds.
To turn the automatic lamp control
off, turn the light switch lever to the
OFF position. The lever will return Lamps on reminder
automatically to its normal original
If you open the driver's door with the
when released.
ignition off and the light switch in the
To turn the automatic lamp control position ; or 2 3 you will hear
The light switch with automatic lamp on, turn the light switch lever to the a warning chime. But when you turn
control has four positions which OFF position again. the lamps on again after turning
activate various lamp functions as them off while warning chime
follows: { Caution sounds, you will not hear a warning
P: All the lights are off.
In order for this feature to work
chime.
All lamps are off and return knob to properly, do not place stickers or Door-to-door light function
its original AUTO position. other items over the sunlight The door-to-door light function
AUTO: Turn the lamps on or off sensor located in front of the provides a period of exterior lighting
automatically to illuminate in the windscreen defroster vents. Doing as you leave the area around your
position ; or 2 3 by sensing so could cause the sensor to vehicle when it is dark enough
how dark it is outside. (Default malfunction. outside. The feature is activated
position) when the exterior lamps are on due
crc - 7/17/14
Lighting 6-3
to the automatic lamp control Headlamp Main/ To switch from main beam
feature, and when the ignition is headlamps to dipped beam, pull the
turned off.
Dipped-Beam Changer combination switch lever back
toward you, to its normal position.
Approaching light
The feature is activated when the
light switch is in the AUTO position
{ Caution
and when it is dark enough outside. Always switch the main beam
When you press the UNLOCK headlamps to dipped beam when
button on the remote keyless entry you approach on coming vehicles
to get in your vehicle, hazard lamps or when other vehicles are ahead.
flash twice and the exterior lamps Main beam headlamps can
illuminate automatically for about temporarily blind other drivers,
20 seconds. which could result in a collision.
Wiper activated lighting
The feature is activated when the To turn the main beam headlamps
light switch is in the AUTO position. on, make sure the dipped beam
headlamps are on.
If the windscreen wipers continue to
operate 8 cycles, the exterior lamps Push the combination switch lever
will illuminate automatically. toward the instrument panel.
The headlamp main beam indicator
illuminates when headlamps are on
main beam.
crc - 7/17/14
6-4 Lighting
Flash-to-Pass Headlamp Range 3 = driver's seat occupied and load

compartment laden.
Adjustment
Manual headlamp range Daytime Running
adjustment Lamps (DRL)
Daytime running light increases
visibility of the vehicle in the
daytime.
Tail lamps are not on.
Hazard Lights
To flash the main beam headlamps,

pull the combination switch lever
toward you and release it. The lever
will return to its normal position
when you release it. To adapt headlamp range to the
The main beam headlamps will stay vehicle load to prevent dazzling turn
on as long as you hold the knob to required position.
combination switch lever 0 = front seats occupied
toward you.
1 = all seats occupied
2 = all seats occupied and load
compartment laden. Operated with the | button.
crc - 7/17/14
Lighting 6-5
To activate the hazard lights, push steering wheel moves back, the Improved visibility in fog or snow.
the button. indicator is automatically To turn the fog lamps on:
To turn off the hazard lights, push deactivated.
Make sure the light switch is in
the button again. For three flashes, e.g. when
changing lanes, press the lever until the ; or 5 3 position.
Turn and Lane-Change resistance is felt and then release. Rotate the ring on the middle of the
Signals Move the lever to the resistance light switch lever to #. The ring will
point and hold for longer indication. return automatically to its normal
Switch the indicator off manually by position when released.
moving the lever to its original The front fog lamp indicator in the
position. instrument panel illuminates when
the fog lamps are turned on.
Front Fog Lamps To turn the fog lamps off, rotate the
ring to ; position again. The front
fog lamp indicator will go off.
If your vehicle has the automatic
lamp control, parking lamps and
dipped beam headlamps will come
on simultaneously when turning on
lever up = right indicator the front fog lamps.
lever down = left indicator
If the lever is moved past the Fog lamps provide:
resistance point, the indicator is
switched on constantly. When the Extra illumination to the sides of the
road ahead.
crc - 7/17/14
6-6 Lighting
Rear Fog Lamps To turn the fog lamps off, turn the Interior Lighting
ring to s position again. The rear
fog lamp indicator will go off. Instrument Panel
If your vehicle has the automatic Illumination Control
lamp control, parking lamps and
dipped beam headlamps will come
on simultaneously when turning on
the rear fog lamps.
Reversing Lamps
The reversing lamp come on when
the ignition is on and reverse gear is
selected.
To turn the rear fog lamps on, rotate
the ring on the middle of the light Misted Lamp Covers
switch lever to s when the dipped The inside of the light housing may
beam headlamps are on, or when mist up briefly in poor, wet and cold
weather conditions, in heavy rain or The dimmer switch controls the
the parking lamps and the front fog brightness of the instrument panel
lamps are on. The ring will return after washing. The mist disappears
quickly by itself; to help switch on lamps.
automatically to its normal position
when released. the headlamps. To dim the panel illumination, push
the button and turn it clockwise.
The rear fog lamp indicator in the
instrument panel illuminates when To brighten the illumination, push
the fog lamps are turned on. the button and turn it anti-clockwise.
crc - 7/17/14
Lighting 6-7
Dome Lamps Reading Lamps
You can deactivate interior lights

(when the button is not pressed),
Press the button to turn on the Push the button to illuminate the front door step lamps and key hole
interior lights. front map light. lamp by pressing the button.
Press the button again to turn the Push again to turn off the light. Note: The battery can be
lamps off. discharged if the lights are turned
on for a long time.
Centre/rear interior lights come on
when you open a door or tailgate.
If you continue to open a door or { Warning
tailgate, the lamps will stay on for Avoid using the courtesy light
about 10 minutes. If all doors and while driving in the dark.
tailgate are closed, the lamps dim
gradually after about 10 seconds (Continued)
instead of immediately turning off.
crc - 7/17/14
6-8 Lighting
Lighting Features Front door step lamp

Warning (Continued)
A lit passenger compartment Entry Lighting
reduces visibility in the dark, and
could cause a collision. Welcome lighting
Some lights are switched on for a
short time when unlocking the
vehicle with the remote control. This
function facilitates locating the
vehicle when it is dark.
The lighting switches off
immediately when the ignition is
turned to the accessory position.
Front door step lamps come on
when you open a door. If you
continue to open a door, the lamps
will stay on for about 10 minutes.
If all doors are closed, the lamp
stays on for about 10 seconds and
then goes out.
Front door step lamps can be
immediately turned off by pushing
the button located on the headlining.
crc - 7/17/14
Lighting 6-9
Ambient Lighting
If your vehicle has this feature,
ambient lighting illuminates on front
door sill plates, underneath front
and rear seats when headlamps are
on at night.
Battery Power Protection

Your vehicle has a feature to help
prevent you from draining the
battery in case you accidentally
leave on the headlamps, parking
lamps, or fog lamps, etc.
If you leave any of these lamps on,
they will automatically turn off
10 minutes after you turn the
ignition switch to the OFF position.
Battery rundown protection will not
operate when you turn the lamps on
10 minutes after this feature
operated.
crc - 7/17/14
6-10 Lighting
2 NOTES
crc - 7/17/14
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment Navigation
Navigation System
Introduction
System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-20
7-41
General Information
The Infotainment system provides
Using the Navigation
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50 Infotainment in your car, using the
Introduction latest technology.
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 The infotainment system can be
Phone easily used by registering up to 48
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87 (36 Preset + 12 Auto Store) FM or
Radio Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . 7-87 AM stations with six Function
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 buttons per every six pages.
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . 7-12
The integrated CD player can play
Audio Players audio CD and MP3 (WMA) discs,
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 and the USB player (only for Type
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 2) can play connected USB storage
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 devices or iPod products.
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 Connect a portable music player to
the exterior sound input to and
enjoy the rich sound of the
Infotainment system.
The Bluetooth phone connection
function allows for the use of
wireless hands-free phone calls, as
well as a phone music player.
crc - 7/17/14
7-2 Infotainment System
The digital sound processor

provides a number of preset
equaliser modes for sound
optimisation.
The system can be easily adjusted
using the carefully designed
adjusting device, smart display, and
multifunctional menu dial regulator.
. The "Overview" section provides
a simple overview of
Infotainment system's functions
and summary of all regulatory
devices.
. The "Operation" section explains
the basic controls for the
Infotainment system.
crc - 7/17/14
Overview
Type 1: Radio + CD/MP3 + Bluetooth
crc - 7/17/14
Type 2-A: Radio/optional DAB + CD/MP3 + USB/iPod + Bluetooth + Optional A-NAVI

Type 2-B: Radio + CD/MP3 + USB/iPod + Bluetooth
crc - 7/17/14
Type 3: Radio + CD/MP3 Changer + Bluetooth

crc - 7/17/14
1. Display CD/MP3 or Optional USB/ 8. BAND button (only for Type 1/3)
Display for Play/Reception/Menu iPod mode BAND/MEDIA button (only for
state and information. . To search for the next/ Type 2)
2. Disc slot previous media library Press button to select FM/AM
This is the slot in which compact 5. Function buttons band, DAB (only for Type 2-A
discs are inserted or ejected. To select the functions indicated optional) or A Navi (only for Type
in the display. 2-A optional).
3. DIRECTORY [DIR] button (only
for Type 1/2) 6. EJECT button 9. FAVOURITE [FAV] button
Select directory unit/All Press this button and take out Switches between preset
track unit. the disc. channel pages.
10. MENU/SOUND button
LOAD button (only for Type 3) 7. r TUNE[ button
Use this button to insert a disc
. Press
. In the radio mode, selects
into the infotainment system. the radio station (tuning In FM radio or DAB
downward/upward) (Digital Audio
4. t SEEKu buttons Broadcasting: only
. In the CD/MP3 or Optional for Type 2-A
Radio mode USB/iPod mode, used to optional) mode: To
. Press: To search for the play previous/next track or use RDS Menu or
next/ previous receivable fast search backward DAB Menu.
higher/lower station. through the tracks being
played. In iPod mode: To
. Down hold: To use use media library
Automatic store. function of iPod
(only for Type 2-A)
crc - 7/17/14

. Down hold: Press to 13. TP/INFORMATION [INFO] 15. SOURCE [SRC]/PAUSE button
select the tone, front/back button (only for Type 2)
and left/right volume
distribution modes.
. Press: Traffic Press to select CD/MP3, USB/
announcement reception iPod or AUX audio function.
11. POWER [P ] button with setting. Hold down to turn the pause
VOLUME dial . Down hold: Shows the function on or off.
When the power is ON: necessary information for CD/AUX button (only for Type
operations in each mode 1/3)
. Press: Switches the mute and function, programmes
function ON and OFF. being broadcast, and disc/ Press to select CD/MP3 or
. Down hold: Turns the external device connected AUX function.
unit's power OFF. information. Hold down to turn the pause
. Turn the dial to Volume 14. AUX port function on or off.
adjustment and tone Connect an exterior sound
adjustment in the tone device to this port.
control mode.
When the power is OFF:
. Pressing the power
button turns the
power ON.
12. BLUETOOTH [4 ] button
To select the BLUETOOTH
functions indicated in the
display.
crc - 7/17/14
Steering wheel remote control 1. Volume [x ] +/- buttons 4. POWER [P ]/MUTE [> ] button
. Press the button to . Press the button in standby
increase/decrease the mode to turn the
volume step. infotainment system on.
. Hold down the button more . Press the button in any
than 1 second to quickly music play mode to turn the
increase/decrease the mute function on/off.
volume level. . Hold down the button more
2. MODE button than 1 second to turn the
Press the button to select Radio, infotainment system off.
AUX or CD/MP3/USB/iPod/ 5. CALL [b ]/HANG UP [c ]
Bluetooth audio function. button
3. SEEK button . Press the button in standby
. Press the button to change mode to make a call or
the registered radio stations answer the incoming call.
or music track being . Press the button twice to
played. dial for last call number.
. Hold down the button more . Hold down the button more
than 1 second to quickly than 1 second to cancel or
seek up the frequency or hang-up the call.
forward through the
currently playing songs.
crc - 7/17/14
Operation Volume control Turn the VOLUME dial to select the

desired tone control value.
Buttons and controlling device Turn the VOLUME dial to adjust the
volume. Tone Settings menu
The Infotainment system is operated
by using the function buttons,
. Using the steering wheel audio . Bass: Adjust the bass level from
multifunctional dial, and the menu remote control, press the -12 to +12.
indicated on the screen display. Volume [x ] +/- buttons to adjust . Midrange [Mid]: Adjust the
the volume. midrange level from -12 to +12.
The buttons and control devices
used in the system are as follows. . The current sound volume is . Treble [Treb]: Adjust the treble
indicated. level from -12 to +12.
. The Infotainment system
buttons and dial . Turning on the Infotainment . Balance [Bal]: Adjust the left/
system power will set the right speaker balance from left
. Steering wheel audio remote volume level to its previous
control buttons 15 to right 15.
selection (when it is less than .
the maximum starting volume). Fader [Fad]: Adjust the front/
System on/off rear speaker balance from front
Press the POWER [P ] button to Audio Mute 15 to rear 15 in the six speaker
turn the power on. system model.
Press the POWER [P ] button to
. Preset Equaliser [P EQ]: Select
. Turning on the power will play make audio mute when the power
the previously chosen is on. a sound style (Pop/Rock/
broadcasting station or song. Country/Voice/Jazz/ Classic)
Tone settings . To cancel the selected Preset
Hold down the POWER [P ] button Hold down the MENU/SOUND EQ, press the Function button
more than 1 second to turn the button to display Tone setting menu. under P EQ once more with
power off. same procedure.
Press the Function button under
"Tone settings menu" to select
desired control mode.
crc - 7/17/14
Radio Favourite preset memory 1. Select the favourite page by

pressing the FAVOURITE [FAV]
It has 6 favourite pages and store
button.
AM-FM Radio up to 36 stations regardless of AM/
FM band and DAB (only for Type 2. Press the Function button under
Radio Mode Selection 2-A optional). the Favourite preset number
Press the BAND button to listen the where the station you want to
It can store a station by the
FM/AM radio and DAB (only for listen is stored.
following procedure
Type 2-A optional) from other mode. Auto-store
1. Seek station or tune manually
Band Change the station you want. Hold down the t SEEKu button,
The band changes from AM to FM, 2. Select the favourite page by the radio will start auto-store
FM to AM or FM to DAB, DAB to pressing the FAVOURITE [FAV] operation and store 12 stations
AM (only for Type 2-A optional) all button. automatically.
times BAND button pressed. 3. Hold down a Function button DAB Service component
Manual Tune Up/Down more than 1 second under the Search (only for Type 2-A
number where you store this optional)
Press r TUNE[ buttons to station.
change frequency up/down. By above procedure, the 36 stations Press the r TUNE[ buttons to
The frequency increases or are stored in the favourite preset seek for available DAB service
memory. component in current ensemble.
decreases 1 step every time r
TUNE[ buttons pressed. To skip to the previous/next
Recall favourite preset
ensemble, press the t SEEKu
Seek Up/Down You can listen to the station stored buttons.
in the favourite preset by the
Press t SEEKu buttons to find following procedure.
next/previous station automatically.
crc - 7/17/14
DAB Ensemble Search (only Turn the r TUNE[ buttons to DAB Category list (only for
for Type 2-A optional) manually find the desired Type 2-A optional)
broadcasting frequency. 1. From the DAB mode, press the
Hold down the t SEEKu buttons
to automatically seek for available Using the DAB Stations list MENU button.
DAB service component with good (only for Type 2-A optional) 2. In the DAB Menu display, press
reception. the LIST button.
1. From the DAB mode, press the
Linking the DAB Service (only MENU button 3. In the Station Menu display,
for Type 2-A optional) 2. In the DAB Menu display, press press the CAT button.
When you setup the Auto linking the LIST button. 4. The DAB category list will be
DAB-FM is activated, if the DAB 3. In the Station Menu display, displayed.
service signal is weak, the press the LIST button. 5. Turn the , to select the
infotainment system received the desired list, and then press the
linked service component 4. The Station list information will
be displayed. Category button to receive the
automatically. (refer to DAB Menu relevant broadcasting frequency.
LINK select the desired 5. You can search the Station lists
Link mode) that are advantage of Function 6. You can search the Station lists
button under TUNE. that are advantage of r
Tuning a DAB station manually
6. Press the Function button TUNE[ buttons.
(only for Type Type 2-A
optional) under ENT buttons to select the 7. Turn the ENT buttons to select
desired list. the desired list.
From the DAB mode, press the
MENU button. Showing the DAB information DAB Update stations list (only
In the DAB Menu display, press the
(only for Type 2-A optional) for Type 2-A optional)
Function button under TUNE. Repeatedly long press INFO button 1. From the DAB mode, press the
to select the desired display mode MENU button.
for DAB station information.
crc - 7/17/14
2. In the DAB Menu display, press Press the Function button Traffic announcement
the LIST button. under AF. reception
3. In the Station Menu display, The AF is enabled or disabled Press the TP button to listen the
press the UPDATE button. whenever you press this function traffic announcement, the
4. DAB broadcasting list update button. infotainment system enables the
will proceed. Regional On/Off traffic announcement.
5. Turn the , to select the Press the TP button to cancel the
Regional function to make the
desired list, and then press the traffic announcement if the
infotainment system jump to
Announcement button to receive infotainment system is in the traffic
regional station (Regional off).
the relevant broadcasting announcement mode.
frequency. Press the MENU button in the radio
mode, and then the infotainment Traffic station seek
6. The announcement button will system displays the radio menu. Press the TP button in the radio
be activated. station that hasn't the traffic
RDS, and then the infotainment announcement, the infotainment
Radio Data System (RDS) system displays the RDS menu. system searches the next station
that has the traffic announcement.
AF On/Off Press the Function button
AF function makes the radio track under REG.
the best station all the time. The regional options enable or
Press the MENU button in the radio disable whenever you press this
mode, and then the radio displays Function button.
the radio menu.
RDS, and then the infotainment
system displays the RDS menu.
crc - 7/17/14
Audio Players recorded, and the way the CD-R When using the CD player, use
has been handled. There may be an only CDs in good condition
increase in skipping, difficulty in without any label, load one CD at
CD Player finding tracks, and/or difficulty in a time, and keep the CD player
Once playback begins, the track loading and ejecting. If these and the loading slot free of
and track number will appear on the problems occur, check the bottom foreign materials, liquids, and
display. surface of the CD. If the surface of debris.
the CD is damaged, such as If an error appears on the display,
If the ignition or infotainment system cracked, broken, or scratched, the
is turned off with a CD in the player, see "CD Messages" later in this
CD will not play properly. If the section.
it will stay in the player. When a CD surface of the CD is soiled, see
is in the player and the ignition is Care of Your CDs for more CD playback mode selection
turned on, the infotainment system information.
must be turned on before the Press the SOURCE [SRC] (only for
current CD will start playback. When If there is no apparent damage, try a Type 2) or CD (only for Type 1/3)
the ignition and infotainment system known good CD. button to play back the disc from
are turned on, the CD will start Do not add any label to a CD, it other mode.
playing where it stopped, if it was could get caught in the CD player.
the last selected audio source. Disc Load (only for Type 3)
If a CD is recorded on a personal
The CD player can play the smaller computer and a description label is This infotainment system can hold
3 inch (8 cm) single CDs with an needed, try labelling the top of the up to 6 discs.
adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the recorded CD with a marking pen 1. Press the LOAD button, and
smaller CDs are loaded in the same instead. then the infotainment system will
manner. Notice: If you add any label to a show the number of empty disc.
If playing a CD-R, the sound quality CD, insert more than one CD into 2. Press the Function button under
may be reduced due to CD-R the slot at a time, or attempt to the Disc Number you want to
quality, the method of recording, the play scratched or damaged CDs, insert.
quality of the music that has been you could damage the CD player.
crc - 7/17/14
3. Insert a CD into a CD slot with Pause Fast forward/Fast reverse

CD label up, then the radio
insert into the slot automatically
Hold down the PAUSE (only for Press and hold the r TUNE[
Type 2) or CD (only for Type 1/3) buttons, then the infotainment
and play back.
button to pause playback while a system plays with fast forward/fast
To insert multiple CDs, do the CD is playing back. reverse.
following: (only for Type 3) "PAUSE" will flash on the display.
RPT (Repeat)
1. Hold down the LOAD button for Press and hold the PAUSE (only for
one second. You will hear a Press the Function button under
Type 2) or CD (only for Type 1/3)
beep and a message to load RPT, then the infotainment system
button again to start playing the CD.
multiple discs will be displayed. plays back the current track
If the infotainment system is endless.
2. Follow the displayed instruction connected with AUX unit or USB/
on when to insert the discs. To cancel this function, press the
iPod device then pause function
Function button under RPT again.
The CD player can take up to 6 won't be enabled.
discs. Next/Previous Track RDM (Random)
Note: Press the LOAD button again Press the Function button under
to cancel loading more CDs. Press the r TUNE[ buttons, RDM, then the infotainment system
then the infotainment system starts plays back the track randomly.
CD Eject playback of the next/previous track.
To cancel this function, press the
Press the EJECT button, and then Next/Previous Folder Function button under RDM again.
the disc will be ejected from the tray
from the infotainment system. Press the t SEEKu buttons, and INT (Scan)
Pull the disc out of the tray. then the infotainment system starts Press the Function button under
playback of the next/previous folder. INT, then the infotainment system
plays back the first few second for
all tracks sequentially.
crc - 7/17/14
To cancel this function, press the albums using one folder for each access and navigate up to the
Function button under INT again. album. Each folder or album maximum, but all items over the
should contain 18 songs or less. maximum will be ignored.
MP3 . Make sure to finalise the disc Root Directory
MP3/WMA Format when burning an MP3/WMA
disc, using multiple sessions. The root directory will be treated as
If you burn your own MP3/WMA It is usually better to burn the a folder. If the root directory has
disc on a personal computer: disc all at once. compressed audio files, the
directory will be displayed as ROOT.
. Make sure the MP3/WMA files The player will be able to read and All files contained directly under the
are recorded on a CD-R disc. play a maximum of 50 folders, root directory will be accessed prior
. Do not mix standard audio and 5 sessions, and 999 files. to any other directory.
MP3/WMA files on one disc. Long file names, folder names may
Empty Directory or Folder
. Make sure each MP3/WMA file use more disc memory space than
has a .mp3 or .wma extension, necessary. To conserve space on If a root directory or a folder exists
other file extensions may the disc, minimise the length of the somewhere in the file structure that
not work. file, folder names. You can also play contains only folders/subfolders and
an MP3/WMA CD that was recorded no compressed files directly
. Files can be recorded with a using no file folders. The system beneath them, the player will
variety of fixed or variable bit can support up to 8 folders in depth, advance to the next folder in the file
rates. Song title, artist name, though, keep the depth of the structure that contains compressed
and album will be available for folders to a minimum in order to audio files and the empty folder will
display by the infotainment keep down the complexity and not be displayed or numbered.
system when recorded using ID3 confusion in trying to locate a
tags version 1 and 2. particular folder during playback. If a No Folder
. Create a folder structure that CD contains more than the When the CD contains only
makes it easy to find songs maximum of 50 folders, 5 sessions, compressed files, the files will be
while driving. Organise songs by and 999 files the player will let you located under the root folder.
crc - 7/17/14
The next and previous folder

. After playing the last track from As each new track starts to play, the
functions will have no function on a the last folder, the player will track number, and the song name
CD that was recorded without begin playing again at the first will appear on the display.
folders. track of the first folder or root
directory. If the ignition or infotainment system
When displaying the name of the is turned off with a CD in the player,
folder the infotainment system will File System and Naming it will stay in the player. When a CD
display ROOT. The song name in the ID3 tag will is in the player and the ignition is
When the CD contains only be displayed. If the song name is turned on, the infotainment system
compressed audio files, but no not present in the ID3 tag, then the must be turned on before the CD
folders, all files will be located under infotainment system will display the will start playback. When the ignition
the root folder. When the file name without the extension and infotainment system are turned
infotainment system displays the (such as MP3/WMA) instead. on, the CD will start playing where it
name of the folder, the infotainment stopped, if it was the last selected
Track names longer than 32 audio source.
system will display ROOT. characters or 4 pages will be
shortened. The display will not show The CD player can play the smaller
Order of Play 3 inch (8 Cm) single CDs with an
parts of words on the last page of
Tracks will be played in the text and the extension of the adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the
following order: filename will not be displayed. smaller CDs are loaded in the same
. manner.
Playback will begin from the first
track under the root directory. Playing a MP3/WMA If playing a CD-R, the sound quality
With the ignition on, insert a CD may be reduced due to CD-R
. When all tracks from the root
partway into the slot, label side up. quality, the method of recording, the
directory have been played,
The player will pull it in, Load, then quality of the music that has been
playback will continue from files,
File check, and then MP3 or WMA recorded, and the way the CD-R
according to their numerical
will appear on the display. The CD has been handled. There may be an
listing.
should begin playing. You cannot increase in skipping, difficulty in
insert a CD with the ACC off. finding tracks, and/or difficulty in
crc - 7/17/14
loading and ejecting. If these and the loading slot free of CD messages
problems occur, check the bottom foreign materials, liquids, and
CHECK CD : If this message
surface of the CD. If the surface of debris.
appears on the display and/or the
the CD is damaged, such as If an error appears on the display, CD comes out, it could be for one of
cracked, broken, or scratched, the see "CD Messages" later in this the following reasons:
CD will not play properly. If the section.
surface of the CD is soiled, see . It is very hot. When the
Care of Your CDs for more All of the CD functions work the temperature returns to normal,
information. same while playing an MP3WMA, the CD should play.
except for those listed here.
If there is no apparent damage, try a . You are driving on a very
known good CD. See "Playing a CD" earlier for more rough road.
information.
Do not add any label to a CD, it When the road becomes
could get caught in the CD player. All/Directory mode smoother, the CD should play.
If a CD is recorded on a personal . The CD is dirty, scratched, wet,
Repeat, intro-scan, random function
computer and a description label is or upside down.
operate in this folder when all mode
needed, try labelling the top of the
is active. . The air is very humid. If so, wait
recorded CD with a marking pen
instead. Press the Function button under about an hour and try again.
ALL, then the All changes to DIR. . The format of the CD may not
Notice: If you add any label to a
CD, insert more than one CD into To cancel DIR mode, press the be compatible. See "MP3
the slot at a time, or attempt to Function button under DIR again. Format" earlier in this section.
play scratched or damaged CDs, . There may have been a
you could damage the CD player. ID3 Tag information display
problem while burning the CD.
When using the CD player, use Hold down the INFORMATION .
only CDs in good condition [INFO] button, the infotainment The label may be caught in the
without any label, load one CD at system displays the ID3 tag CD player.
a time, and keep the CD player information of the current files.
crc - 7/17/14
If the CD is not playing correctly, for USB/iPod Extraction Fast forward/Fast reverse
any other reason, try a known
good CD.
Pull the USB memory stick or iPod Press and hold the r TUNE[
connector from the USB socket buttons. Then the infotainment
If any error occurs repeatedly or if by hand. system plays back fast forward/fast
an error cannot be corrected, *Other functions are same with reverse.
contact your dealer. If the CD mode.
infotainment system displays an Next/Previous Folder for MP3/
error message, write it down and Pause WMA only
give it to your dealer when reporting Press and hold the PAUSE button Press the t SEEKu buttons to
the problem. to pause playback while USB start playback of the next/previous
memory or iPod instrument is folder.
Auxiliary Devices playback.
RPT (Repeat)
Using an USB/iPod (Only for "PAUSE" will flash on the display.
Type 2) Press the Function button under
Press and hold the PAUSE button RPT, then the infotainment system
USB/iPod Playback Mode again to start playing the USB plays back the current track
Selection or iPod. endless.
Press the SOURCE [SRC] button to
. If the infotainment system is To cancel this function, press the
change to playing back the USB or connected with aux unit or CD Function button under RPT again.
iPod files from other mode. then pause function won't be
enabled. RDM (Random)
USB/iPod memory insertion Press the Function button under
Next/Previous Track
Insert a USB memory stick or iPod RDM, then infotainment system
connector into the USB socket, so Press the r TUNE[ buttons, and plays back the track randomly.
the infotainment system plays back then the infotainment system starts To cancel this function, press the
the USB or iPod files automatically. playback of the next/ previous track. Function button under RDM again.
crc - 7/17/14
INT (Intro-Scan) Bluetooth Audio Exterior Sound (AUX) Input

Press the Function button under After Bluetooth connection The infotainment system has one
INT, then the infotainment system procedure. (refer to "Pairing auxiliary input jack (diameter
plays back the first few second for procedure") 3.5mm) located on the lower right
all tracks sequentially. side of the faceplate.
To cancel this function, press the
A2DP mode
This is not an audio output; do not
Function button under INT again. Press the Function button below plug the headphone set into the
the AUDIO PLAY on the display. front auxiliary input jack.
iPod Navigation Function
(Only for Type 2) PLAY You can however, connect an
Press the Function button below external audio device such as an
iPod Navigation mode iPod, laptop computer, MP3 player,
k in the display to start playback CD changer, or XM receiver, etc.
Press the MENU button to choose MP3 files of the connected handset.
the supported category from the to the auxiliary input jack for use as
iPod instrument. Pause another source for audio listening.
Next/Previous Category Press the Function button below AUX-In Mode Selection
k in the display to pause playback Press the SOURCE [SRC] (only for
Press the t SEEKu buttons, and while MP3 file is playback.
Type 2) or AUX (only for Type 1/3)
then press the Function button
Next/Previous Track button in the other playback mode.
under ENT, then the infotainment
system start playback. Press the Function button below Q If the auxiliary jack doesn't detect
the presence of an output jack, the
Cancel or Previous Step /R in the display, and then the MP3
aux mode will be prevented from
file starts playback of the next/ coming up.
Press the Function button under ,
previous track.
then the infotainment system get
back to the previous step.
crc - 7/17/14
A-Navigation mode (only for Navigation

Type 2A optional)
A-Navigation Mode Selection Navigation System
Press the MEDIA button to select Overview
the A-NAVI mode.
Introduction
1. Getting started
Safety Information
Before using the navigation system,
please read the following safety
information. When using the system, Traffic regulations have priority over
these safety rules must be followed any instructions from the navigation
to prevent personal injury to you system. Always follow the posted
and others and avoid damage to traffic signs, speed limits and road
property. restrictions.
crc - 7/17/14
While driving, do not look at the For your safety, do not operate the Do not disassemble or modify the
screen for more than a second or so system controls while driving. It can device. If you do, it may result in
at a time, and only after deciding distract the driver and may result in accidents, fire, or electrical shock.
you can do so safely. a serious accident. Park the vehicle
in a safe area before operating the
system.
crc - 7/17/14
Do not pour water or insert foreign Do not use the system if you notice Do not park your vehicle in an
objects into the device. This may any malfunction such as a frozen unauthorised area to operate the
cause smoke emissions, fires or screen or lack of sound. Continued system.
shocks. use of the system may result in an
accident.
crc - 7/17/14
The various volume settings should Check the volume prior to turning Do not keep the system running
be selected so that acoustic signals the device on. If the volume is with the engine stopped. Doing so
from outside the vehicle are audible turned up when turning the switch can drain the vehicle's battery.
at all time. on, a loud sound will emit which When you use the system, always
may damage your hearing. keep the engine running.
crc - 7/17/14
Do not apply excessive force to the Clean with a cloth slightly moistened Do not place objects on the
screen. This may cause the system with water only. Do not use dashboard. It will affect the sensor
to malfunction. chemical or other domestic cleaning which controls headlamp and
agents, as these could damage the display brightness.
screen.
crc - 7/17/14
Do not, under any circumstances,

insert SD Card with irregular shape
into SD Card Slot.
These cards may become jammed
or destroy the slot. The unit will then
have to be exchanged at your
expense.
The unit may not function properly
in extreme cold or extreme heat
conditions. Bring the ambient
temperature back to normal to
ensure proper operation.
Do not place objects on the If the vehicle's windscreen is tinted
instrument panel or rear window with a reflective metal coating, it will
shelf. Doing so may disrupt the GPS affect the GPS reception.
satellite signal and cause the Should the liquid crystal panel
system to operate inaccurately. crack, do not come into contact with
the liquid coming from the interior of
the panel. This may lead to
inflammation of the skin.
. If the liquid is accidentally
ingested, see a doctor
immediately.
. If the liquid gets into the eyes or
into the skin, wash out with a
large amount of water and see a
doctor immediately
crc - 7/17/14
Device components
{ Caution
Steering wheel switch may not be
available depending on the type
of vehicle.
. If you press the MODE or
SEEK button repeatedly at
short intervals, CPU overload
may occur and cause a
system crash.
Steering wheel
Control panel 1. Power on/off
1. NAVI : Navigation 2. Changing to the next station or
2. MENU : Main Menu track
3. TRIP : Driving Information To reach the next station in the
selected frequency band or the
4. DIM : Switches the display next music track
between Day screen and Night
screen. 3. Changing modes
5. SD card slot Switches between AM. FM, CD,
AUX, NAVI and Multimedia
mode each time the button is
pressed.
4. Adjusting Volume
crc - 7/17/14
Basic operations
{ Caution
. Last used mode is saved
when the engine turned off.
. If you start the system in
30 seconds after the key pull
off, the system doesn't need
booting time.
. To reset the system, press
the MENU and TRIP button
together for 10 seconds.
Release the buttons when the 1. NAVI : Navigation
Starting the System system begins to restart. 2. MENU : Main Menu
The navigation system starts when 3. RIP : Driving Information
the ignition switch is placed in the System Controls
4. DIM : Brightness Change
ACC or ON position. When the The following hard keys are located
system starts, the screen displays on the navigation system. Main Menu
last used mode. Press the MENU hard key to display
The power will turn OFF when the Main Menu screen. From this
turning off the engine. After the screen you can reach all of the
engine turned off, the system runs navigation system functions. Screen
for 30 seconds to save the data. buttons will be highlighted when a
function is available and disabled
when they are unavailable.
crc - 7/17/14
MP3 11. Next File

12. Higher Folder
13. Random Order
Movie
1. Navigation
2. MP3
1. File Information
3. Movie
2. Playing Time
4. Trip Information
3. Playing Status
5. ATC Information
4. Current Folder 1. Current Folder
6. Settings
5. File List 2. File List
6. Repeat 3. Higher Folder
7. List Control 4. List control
8. Stop
9. Previous File
10. Play/Pause
crc - 7/17/14
Trip ATC
5. Stop
6. Previous File
1. Average Vehicle Speed reset Besides pressing the ATC button in
7. Play/Pause Main Menu, ATC information is
2. Driving Time reset
8. Next File displayed on the bottom of the
3. Average Fuel Consumption reset screen whenever the information
9. File List relevant to the air conditioner such
4. Average Vehicle Speed
10. Repeat as temperature, air flow, etc is
5. Driving Time changed. This Pop Up screen will
11. Full Screen On/Off
6. Average Fuel Consumption be displayed for 5 seconds.
12. Playing status
7. Range for Remaining Fuel
8. Display Compass
9. Return to Main Menu
crc - 7/17/14
2. System Information
3. System Upgrade
4. Navigation Upgrade
5. User Preference
System setup
Volume
1. MP3, Movie, FM/AM, CD
You can adjust the volume by
turning the audio system volume
knob or pressing the steering
Settings wheel switch.
{ Caution If you press the volume knob,
the volume becomes mute.
If you want to know about Press again to turn the sound
detailed ATC information, refer to back on.
climate control section.
To turn the sound off, press the
volume knob for 3 seconds. ATC
information is displayed on the
screen when it turned off.
1. Screen Touch Calibration

crc - 7/17/14
2. Navigation There are 3 steps to adjust the User Preference : customise the
You can change the volume screen brightness. system to better suit your needs.
levels of voice guidance in (On 50% 70% On) Touch
Navigation mode only. You may Press the DIM hard key for
also choose to turn voice 3 seconds to turn off the display.
guidance prompts off. During the screen off, the GPS
You can't raise or lower the positioning function keeps working.
volume of navigation information The screen turns on again when
in relation to other audio any hard key is pressed.
sources.
Screen { Caution
. According to an external light,
the screen brightness is
automatically adjusted.
Do not place objects on the
You can calibrate the touch screen if
dashboard.
it is not responding accurately to
your taps.
Settings Tap the centre of the target with
Touch : calibrate the touch screen. stylus. When the target moves to
System Information : displays the another position, tap the new target.
information on the navigation Repeat each time to complete the
system software. calibration process.
If you press the DIM hard key, the System Upgrade
system will dim up to 70% of the
brightness. Navigation Upgrade
crc - 7/17/14
System Information System Upgrade

Display the current version of the
system.
Press the System Upgrade button.
Insert updatable SD card into SD

card slot. (For updatable SD card,
H/W : hardware Please contact an authorised GM
S/W : software dealer)
O/S : operating system Press the MENU hard key and
GPS : GPS Firmware touch the Settings button.
crc - 7/17/14
Press UPGRADE button for system Insert updatable SD card into SD

upgrade. If you do not need to card slot. (For purchasing updatable
upgrade a particular system, press navigation SD card, Please contact
check out to disable. an authorised GM dealer)
Press the MENU hard key and
{ Caution touch the Settings button.
. To avoid a system
malfunction do not remove
SD card, turn the engine off,
or operate the system while
upgrading.
Press UPGRADE button for
Navigation Upgrade navigation upgrade.
{ Caution
. Depending on the size of the
files, it takes up to 25 minutes
Press the System Upgrade button. for update.
User Preference
The navigation system can be
customised to make it easier to use.
You can adjust Display Unit,
Language, Time Zone.
crc - 7/17/14
Confirm the selection by pressing Language Time Zone

the Save button.
Display Unit
This allows you to change the
measurement unit used in the
system.
Select the desired language. This Use q r button to set the

system supports 11 languages for appropriate time zone. Check
displayed text in main menu. Daylight Savings if it is in effect for
Navigation menu supports 11 your time zone. (Daylight savings is
languages for displayed text and not automatically adjusted.)
voice commands as well.
Distance : Miles or Kilometres Time zone list that you can select.
Temperature : Celsius or
Time Zone Display
Fahrenheit
Volume : Litre or Gallon Romance (GMT+01:00)
Note: When Gallon is selected for Standard Time Brussels
the volume unit, the distance unit in GMT (GMT+00:00)
Trip Information is changed to Miles Standard Time London
automatically.
crc - 7/17/14
Time Zone Display Depending on the position of the Max. number of 512
driver of the vehicle, RHD / LHD can files
Western Europe (GMT+01:00) be selected.
Standard Time Amsterdam ID3 Tag Ver 1.0, Ver 1.1,
System Function Ver 2.2, Ver 2.3,
Central (GMT+01:00)
1. Multimedia Ver 2.4
European Sarajevo
Standard Time MP3 . A fixed bit rate of 96, 128,
Central Europe (GMT+01:00) Playable MP3 file standard 192kbps with sampling
Standard Time Belgrade frequency of 44.1kHz is
Compression MPEG-1 Audio recommended for stable audio
GTB (GMT+02:00) type Layer III
Standard Time Bucharest quality at playback.
Sampling 8,11.025, 12, 16, . If the bit rate exceeds 192kbps,
frequency 22.05, 24, 32, there may be sound jumping
44.1, 48 (kHz) during MP3 playback. Use
Bit rate 8~320 (kbps) 192kbps or lower bit rate for
the MP3.
Max. directory 8
layer
Max. characters 64 Bytes
{ Caution
for folder/ . Each file that is not an MP3
file name file is also counted as a file.
Character set A to Z, 0 to 9, _
for folder/ (underscore)
file name
Max. number of 256
folders
crc - 7/17/14
How to use the MP3 player 9. Previous File : Selects previous

music file.
10. Play/Pause
11. Next File : Selects next
music file.
12. Higher Folder : Displays the
next higher folder level.
13. Random Order : Playing songs
in random order.
1. File Information : Displays the

file currently being played.
Press the MENU hard key and 2. Playing Time
touch the MP3 button.
3. Playing Status
Press the MODE button on steering
wheel until MP3 player is displayed. 4. Current Folder : Displays the
level of the file currently being
The mode changes when you press played.
steering wheel switch.
5. File List
AM FM CD AUX NAVI
Multimedia return to AM 6. Repeat : The file currently being
played will be repeated.
7. List Control : Moving between
pages.
8. Stop
crc - 7/17/14
Movie
Caution (Continued)
Supported file formats
movie files are recognised
Audio MP3, WMA, OGG, WAV (bit rate and played back depending
128~192kbps) on a selected mode.
Video MPEG1/2/4, DivX3.0/4.0/5.0, XviD, . For driver safety, movies can
WMV7.0/8.0/9.0 be played only when the
DTS Not supported vehicle is stationary.
Max. Resolution 800 x 480
How to use the Movie player
{ Caution
. A Movie which has bigger
than 800x480 resolution may
not be played properly.
. When a Movie is being
played, other operation will
become slower.
. With mixed mode SD Card
(combination of audio, move
and data) only the audio or
Press the MENU hard key and
(Continued) touch the Movie button.
crc - 7/17/14

. DRM (Digital Rights
Management) file format will
not work.
{ Caution
Do not, under any circumstances,
insert SD Card with irregular
shape into SD Card Slot.
These cards may become
jammed or destroy the slot. The
unit will then have to be
1. Current Folder 5. Stop exchanged at your expense.
2. File List 6. Previous File
3. Higher Folder 7. Play/Pause
4. List control 8. Next File
9. File List
10. Repeat
11. Full Screen On/Off
12. Playing Status
SD card
. HDD type/CF memory is not
supported.
crc - 7/17/14
2. Information features average fuel economy over the

last several miles, so it will vary
Trip depending on speed, traffic, etc.
8. Display Compass : Directions of
vehicle's movement
9. Return to Main Menu
* select reset when you are starting
a trip or route that you want to
record.
ATC
1. Average Vehicle Speed reset
2. Driving Time reset
3. Average Fuel Consumption reset
Trip information displays
driving-related information by 4. Average Vehicle Speed
graphics. 5. Driving Time
Press the TRIP hard key or press 6. Average Fuel Consumption
the MENU hard key and touch the
Trip button. 7. Range for Remaining Fuel
Shows the estimated distance
Press r button to close. you can travel on the fuel
remaining in the tank. This
distance is estimated from the ATC information displays the state
of air conditional.
crc - 7/17/14
Press the MENU hard key and Rear View Camera

touch the ATC button. When you are trying to park the
ATC information is also displayed by vehicle, a guideline will be displayed
pressing the volume knob of the on the screen.
audio for 3 seconds. (guideline appears when shifting
gear to reverse)
{ Caution
. This function is not supported
depending on the type of
vehicle.
1. Setting Temperature
. Depending on Rear View
Camera wholly is dangerous
2. Outside Temperature when unexpected situation is
3. Direction of the Wind occurred. Watch out in all
directions when parking.
4. State of Air Conditional (on/off)
(Continued)
5. State of AUTO (on/off)
6. Power of the Wind
crc - 7/17/14
read this manual to understand 2. Introduction to a-navi system

Caution (Continued) screens and operation steps of . Quick and Easy to Learn
A-Navi System. you can learn how to operate it
. Guideline is optimised
according to vehicle's width. 1. Precautions easily within 3 minutes.
But parking line may not . For your safety concern, we . Intelligent Multi-Map
match the guideline. recommend that you operate Management A-Navi System
. Lower the volume (MP3, A-Navi System before starting do not require you change maps
Navigation) so that you can the journey. Do not operate when you navigate between map
hear the parking alert. A-Navi System while driving as segments or countries. You
this might lead to collision or could move map screen in any
. Pulling out SD Card device direction and check POI
during Rear View Camera damage. Please ask your
passenger to operate it if information on map.
mode may cause the device
to malfunction. necessary. . Fast Visualized Positioning
. Local driving regulations and you can very quickly locate the
driving conditions have to be current position and get
Getting Started observed all the time. They have information about the next
precedence over the driving turning point.
Welcome to a-navi system
instructions given by A-Navi . Smooth Map Scrolling
Thank you for choosing Advanced System. When driving, the map will scroll
Navigation System (A-Navi up and down on the screen in
. Although all safety
System) as your in-car navigator in order to help you get an
considerations have been taken
Europe. This manual is a detailed overview of your location (or
into account while designing the
description of the navigation position).
A-Navi System, the use of
software. You can easily learn to
navigation system does not
use it; and we still recommend you
release the driver from driver's
responsibility for proper and
prudent behaviour on the road.
crc - 7/17/14

. Zoom In/Out The map scale change route options based on
. Multi-POI locations Display
adjusts according to the driving the driving preference or two or more POIs with the same
speed. This allows you to have a conditions. or close location.
proper view of the map. . Navigation in tunnel and
. Information about Turning
. Day/Night Mode Switch the Points provided with the underground car parking
backlight of the map and the detailed information of each gyroscope free inertial
colour of the indicator of the turning point of a proposed navigation system helps you
position fix can be changed route, you can view all turning never get lost though no GPS
manually. This gives you a better points along your entire trip. signal.
visualisation of the map at night. . Off-Road Navigation when
. Schematic Map of
. Two Waypoints allow 2 Inter-Crossing Clear you drive off road, system will
waypoints at most and it guides schematic illustration of each automatically store current
you to your destination one inter-crossing guarantees you to position and travelled path
by one. view it in advance and keeps on map.
. 23 POI Categories A-Navi you on the right track to your . Left/Right-hand Drive you
System allows you to search for destination. can change the left/right layout
restaurants, airports, petrol . Information about GPS between map and Navigation
stations, etc. in a very Satellites You can view the Info Column to observe local
convenient and easy way. status and number of signals regulations and driving
. Reasonable Route Planning received from GPS satellites. customer.
it takes all traffic regulations into . Track Log A-Navi System
. Vehicle Speed Display on/off
consideration when planning a logs your trip information. This display or hide current vehicle
route, such as one-way information can be replayed or speed.
restriction, turn restriction, and re-used for future trips. . Motorway Signpost
so on; besides that, user could displaying distance from your
current position to next exit.
crc - 7/17/14

. Multi-language Support Quick reference 2. Getting started
support 11 Voices and
languages. This chapter gives you a brief
introduction of how to use A-Navi
. Safety Alert for Speeding System. Before we explore all the
Safety Alert is based on legally detailed functionalities provided by
speed limit on different types of this application, please make
road. System will alarm you by sure that:
voice guidance when you are
approaching the speed limit for
. A-Navi System searches for
the road. In addition, you can set positioning information from at
a speed tolerance from 0 least three satellites and your
to 20%. position is fixed once the
application starts.
Getting started When you use the GPS receiver for Picture 2.1 Welcome Screen
A-Navi System is a good choice for the first time, it may take
in-car navigation. You can easily 2-3 minutes to secure satellite . When starting A-Navi System for
use it by tapping the screen or information and orientate accurate the first time, the system enters
drawing the map with your fingers. position (Cold start). Your position Chevrolet "Welcome" screen.
fix is stored in the memory. For It takes about 15s to
subsequent use of the GPS automatically switch "Welcome"
receiver, it will only take 1-3 minutes screen to "Caution" Screen.
to locate your position (Warm start).
Once your position is fixed by the
GPS receiver, the system starts
navigation immediately without any
extra operation when you start the
application.
crc - 7/17/14
Picture 2.2 System Caution Picture 2.3 Free Navi Map Picture 2.4 Free Navigation Menu
. Please read A-Navi System . In Free Navi Map, you could let . If you want to access more
Caution carefully and click system go without any operation functions, please touch Main
Press "Agree" button to enter and it tracks your driving route. Menu on Free Navi Map; System
"Free Navi Map" screen. then enter Free Navi Menu
screen.
In Free Navi Menu, you can access
key functions of A-Navi System as
below:
. Touch "Go to" to set
destination(S).
. Touch ":Map Options" to change
map parameters.
crc - 7/17/14

. Touch "Settings" to change all
settings parameters.
. Touch the hot key s and the
system will be back to
navigation map.
When you use A-Navi System for
the first time, you may want to
change the language of the system.
3. Route & free navigation maps
Route/Free navigation map screen
is the most frequently used screen
of A-Navi System. Free navigation
map screen displays when you cold
start A-Navi System, while Route
Navigation Map displays when you
continue last navigation when you
restart the system.
crc - 7/17/14
Picture 2.5 Route Navigation Map

crc - 7/17/14
Picture 2.6 Free Navi Map

crc - 7/17/14
1. Car Icon indicates the current 10. ETA Estimate time to arrive 20. Longitude /Latitude show
position and driving direction. the destination. the longitude and Latitude of
2. Turning sign The sliver 11. Speed Alert show you current map centre.
arrow shows you which road you speed camera ahead and its 21. Current Time
should take at the approaching speed limit 22. Main Menu touch to enter
turning point. 12. GPS Status touch to view Free Navi Menu.
3. Current road the field is GPS Status; Grey means GPS
empty if the road is unnamed. signal is weak or GPS has not 4. Keyboards
4. Next road the name of the been fixed while Green means A-Navi System provides
next approaching road. GPS has been fixed. alphabetical-format keyboard which
13. Volume touch to adjust the includes Latin alphabets, numeric,
5. Turning schema show the punctuation and especially special
road structure at next turning; volume for voice guidance.
characters/symbols in 30
and by touching this icon, 14. Compass indicates the languages.
system will announce the next North of the map.
turning information such as ABC-type Keyboard only contains
15. Scale Bar indicate scale letters.
About 900 metres, turn left. of map.
6. Distance to next turn show 16. Zoom in button touch to
you the distance to next turning zoom in the map.
point virtually.
17. Zoom out button touch to
7. Distance progress bar zoom out the map.
8. Current Speed show current 18. Main Menu touch to enter
driving speed. Route Navi Menu.
9. Distance-to-go Remaining 19. Driving speed the current
distance between start and driving speed.
destination or next waypoint.
crc - 7/17/14
Picture 2.7 Alphabetic-format Picture 2.8 Numeric Keyboard Picture 2.9 Special Symbol
Keyboard v : touch and return to ABC Keyboard
123: touch to display numeric and keyboard. 4: touch and return to the
punctuation. u : Space key. previous screen.
GER: touch to display special 0 : touch and delete last letter you On Map: touch and display the
symbols in Germany. entered. location of highlighted record
t: touch to switch special symbol on map.
keyboards in other countries. OK: Confirm keyboard entry or
selection.
crc - 7/17/14
Using the Navigation

System
Selecting a destination -
go to?
Picture 3.2 Free Navi Menu Picture 3.3 Search Menu

In order to navigate with A-Navi In Search Menu, A-Navi System
System or to plan a route, you first provides you six different ways of
of all have to enter a destination and specifying an address, city,
then calculate a route. POI(Point of Interest) and other
Picture 3.1 Free Navi Map In "Free Navi Map? (Picture 3.1) locations which you can select as
touch Main Menu to enter Free start or destination. This chapter will
Navi Menu (Picture 3.2), and then detail the operation steps one
touch "Go to" to enter the "Search by one.
Menu" (Picture 3.3).
crc - 7/17/14
1. Search destination by address
Picture 3.5 Country Search Picture 3.6 City Search

Picture 3.4 Address Search 2. Select one among European 3. In order to specify the
For example: No.25, countries; destination, first enter city name,
Senkenberganlage, Frankfurt, . In "Country Search" and select the desired city;
Germany Screen, the default country . You could enter the name
1. Touch "Address Search" on is the recent search country of the city, or the prefix, and
"Search Menu" screen ; "Germany". You could the system will
touch x or w to browse automatically list all cities
. In the "Search Menu" matching the input letters.
country list and select one
screen (Picture 3.4), touch
among 41 European . Touch the desired city and
"Country" to enter the
countries. touch "OK" to confirm the
"Country Search" screen
(Picture 3.5). city selection. The system
returns to the "Address
Search" screen
(Picture 3.7)
crc - 7/17/14
Picture 3.7 Address Search Picture 3.8 Road Search Picture 3.9 Enter House No.
4. Now enter the road name, and . In the "Road Search" 5. Enter the house number;
select the desired road; screen, enter road name or . After specifying the road,
. In "Address Search" the prefix on keyboard. touch the field of "click here
screen, touch the Road . Once road is selected, and search house number"
input field and enter "Road touch "OK", then return to to enter the House No
Search" screen. the "Address Search" screen.
screen.
crc - 7/17/14
Picture 3.10 Enter House No. Picture 3.11 Check Location Picture 3.12 Route Plan
. Enter house number on on map . In Route Plan screen, you
keyboard and touch "OK" to 6. Tap "On map" to check the can touch "Go" to start
return "Address Search" location of input address or navigating, or start
screen. directly tap "OK" and go to simulating navigation by
If the house number you "Route Plan". touching "Simulate".
entered does not exist, the . Now you can touch "On Alternative way is to locate by
system will regard the first Map" to check the location crossroad.
result as default position. of the specified address Options: after specify the road,
on map. then directly select the crossroad.
. Then touch "OK", the
system will enter "Route
Plan" screen to start
navigating.
crc - 7/17/14
2. Search a destination by POL
Picture 3.13 Crossroad Search Picture 3.14 Address Search

. In "Address Search" screen, . You also could search the Picture 3.15 Search Menu
touch the Crossroad input field crossroad by entering the name A point of interest (POI) is a location
and enter Crossroad screen. or the prefix, and the system will that a user may find useful and
It displays a list of available automatically list all roads interesting. POI locations are
crossroads along the matching the search criteria. marked on the map with special
"Senkenberganlage". Then Highlight the name of the icons.
select the desired crossroad and desired road and touch "OK" to
touch "On Map" to view the return to the "Address Search" A-Navi System provides 23
virtual road location. screen (Picture 3.14). categories of POIs, such as
accommodation, petrol station,
restaurants, sights, etc. POIs of the
same category shares the same
icon. If you save your own POI or
favourite or address, you can select
an icon for your own.
crc - 7/17/14
Picture 3.16 POI Menu Picture 3.17 Specify the country Picture 3.18 Specify the city
A-Navi System provides three ways 1. Touch "POI in City" in "POI 2. Then enter city and select one
to search POI: search POI near Menu" screen; city among results;
current position, search POI in city . System will enter "Country . you can enter the whole city
and search POI by telephone Search" screen name or the prefix on
number. (Picture 3.17); keyboard, system will
(1) Search POL in city . In "Country Search" automatically list all
Screen, the default country matched results.
For example: Terminal 1, Frankfurt
is the recent search country . Touch "OK" and enter "POI
"Germany". You could Category Selection" screen.
touch x or w to browse If you want to change city,
country list and select one touch 4 to return "City
among 41 European Search" screen.
countries.
crc - 7/17/14
Picture 3.19 Select POI Category Picture 3.20 Search POI in City Picture 3.21 City POI on Map
3. Now select the POI category; 4. Select a POI among results or 5. Check the location of the POI;
enter the name of desired POI;
Once you confirm POI touch 4 to return "POI in
. .
category, then touch "Next" . In the "POI Search" screen, City" screen.
and enter "POI Search" the system will
screen. automatically list POIs
around the city default
position. You could select
the desired one or enter the
name on keyboard.
. When the POI is specified,
you could touch "On Map"
to check the POI location.
crc - 7/17/14
(2) Search POI near current

position
"POI near Current Position" displays
100 POIs at most around your
current position from near to far.
Please notice that: When GPS
fixed, "current position" is the place
where your vehicle is located. When
GPS does not fix, "current position"
is the latst GPS-fixed location.
Picture 3.22 Route Plan Screen Picture 3.23 POI Menu Screen
6. Touch "OK" confirm the POI 1. Select POI near current position;
selection and enter Route Plan" . Select "POI near Current
screen. Position" in POI Menu and
. Once you have finished the enter "POI Category
POI search, touch "OK" and Selection" screen.
the system will
automatically enter "Route
Plan" screen (Picture 3.22)
and the POI will be
displayed in the
destination list.
crc - 7/17/14
Picture 3.24 POI Category Picture 3.25 Nearest POI List Picture 3.26 Enter POI Name
Selection 3. Select one POI among results
2. Select one POI category. and touch "OK" to enter "Route
Plan" screen.
. You could touch x or w
to view more categories. In "Nearest POI List" screen,
When you confirm the you could:
selection, touch "Next" and A. select one POI (see P3.25);
system enter "Nearest POI
B. touch keyboard to enter POI
list". If you are not sure of
name or the prefix
the category, you can select
(see P3.26).
"All POI", then the system
will display POIs of all C. check POI location on map
categories near current (see P3.27);
position.
crc - 7/17/14
1. Touch "POI Search by Phone" country list and select one

on "POI Menu" screen. among 41 European
. System will enter "City countries.
Search" screen(Picture
P 3.29).
Picture 3.27 Nearest POI on Map

(3) Search POI by Phone
Picture 3.30 City Search Screen
3. Enter the city name and choose
Picture 3.29 POI Menu Screen the desired city;
2. Select one country; . You can enter the city name
. In "Country Search" or the prefix, and the
Screen, the default country system will automatically
is the recent search country display all the matching
"Germany". You could results.
touch x or w to browse
. Select the desired city and
touch "OK" to enter "Phone
No Search" screen.
Picture 3.28 POI Menu Screen
crc - 7/17/14
3. Select destination in recent

destinations
A-Navi System saves 50 recent
destinations at most so that you can
access them quickly next time.
Picture 3.31 Enter POI Phone No. Picture 3.33 Recent

4. Enter Telephone number and Destination List
select one POI in results. 2. Select one destination you
. System automatically desire.
displays City Code and . Select the recent
POIs near the default city Picture 3.32 Search Menu Screen destination you want to set
centre. 1. Touch "Recent Destination" on as destination and
. Enter telephone on "Search Menu" screen. touch "OK".
keyboard and touch "OK" to . In the "Search Menu" Options: Touch "On Map" to
enter "Route Plan" screen. screen (Picture 3.32), touch check the location of
"Recent Destinations" to destination
enter the "Recent 3. Touch "OK" and enter "Route
Destination" screen Plan" screen.
(Picture 3.33).
crc - 7/17/14
When successfully operated, the

system will automatically return to
the "Route Plan" screen and display
the selected one in the
destination list.
4: Return to last screen.
Delete: Delete one destination.
On Map: touch and display chosen
destination on map.
OK: Confirm the selected
destination.
Picture 3.34 Search Menu Screen Picture 3.35 Search destination
w: touch and enter last screen. on Map
Grey button means this function 1. Touch "Map" on "Search Menu
disabled. screen"; 2. Scroll the map and tap on one
. The system enter the "Map point on map;
x: touch and enter next screen.
Search" screen . On the "Map Search"
4. Select a point on map as (Picture 3.35). screen (Picture 3.35), you
destination can find places that you are
A-Navi System supports setting a interested in by zooming in/
destination by scrolling the map to out or moving the map;
the desired location. . Meanwhile, you can touch
on the POI or road to view
its information
(Picture 3.36).
crc - 7/17/14
. You could touch r to check 5. Search a destination by

the other POI information coordinates
when more than one POI is If you know the geographic
located at one point. coordinates of your destination, you
can navigate to the desired location
by entering Coordinates.
Picture 3.38 Degree Format

2. Touch "Format" to change the
type of coordinates;
A-Navi System supports two
Picture 3.36 Check POI info
kinds of coordinate format
on Map inputs: Degree Format (Picture
3. Touch "OK" and enter "Route Picture 3.37 Search Menu Screen 3.38) and Digital Format (Picture
Plan" screen. 1. Touch "Coordinates" on "Search 3.39). You can touch the
Menu" screen; "Format" button to switch
. After you find your
between these two formats.
destination, touch "OK" to . In the "Search Menu"
add it as a destination. screen (Picture 3.37), 3. Enter the coordinates and
select "Coordinates" to touch "OK".
enter the "Coordinates
Input" screen (Picture 3.38).
crc - 7/17/14
6. Select a destination in
address book
You can save your home address
and other favourite places in the
Address Book.
Picture 3.39 Digital Format Picture 3.41 Address Book Screen

In the Degree format, touch the 2. Select one Address or POI and
"Lon" (Longitude) input area (Picture touch "OK".
3.38. You should input "E" (East . Select one address you
Longitude) or "W" (West Longitude) want to set as destination
before you input the degree number Picture 3.40 Search Menu Screen and touch "OK".
of the longitude. Before inputting
the degree number of the latitude, 1. Touch "Address Book" on When successfully operated, the
you should input "N" (North "Search Menu" screen; system will automatically return to
Latitude) or "S" (South Latitude). . In the "Search Menu" the "Route Plan" screen and display
screen (Picture 3.40), the selected one in the
In the Digital format, you should destination list.
input "" (West Longitude/South select "Address Book" to
Latitude) before you input the digital enter the "Address Book"
number of the longitude or the screen.
latitude.
crc - 7/17/14
7. UK postcode
Picture 3.43 Postcode Input Picture 3.44 Postcode Result

Picture 3.42 Search Menu Screen Screen 3. Select the desired postcode;
1. Touch "UK Postcode" on 2. Enter UK Postcode and
"Search Menu" screen; touch OK;
. In the "Search Menu"
screen (Picture 3.42),
select "UK Postcode" to
enter the "Postcode Input"
screen (Picture 3.43).
crc - 7/17/14
Picture 3.45 Location on map Picture 3.46 Search Menu Screen Picture 3.47 System Prompt
4. Check the location on map. . If the place of My Home has not . Touch "Yes", the system enters
been specified, when you touch "Search Menu" screen to set up
8. Go home "Go Home", the system will home address.
A-Navi System enables you to prompt as Picture 3. 46.
navigate directly to a specified
home address in an easy and
efficient way. In the "Main Menu"
(Picture 3.46), select "Go Home"
and the system will automatically
start navigating to the position of
My Home.
crc - 7/17/14
Route plan After you enter waypoints/

destination, the system enters
"Route Plan" screen. This chapter
will describe all the functions of this
screen.
1. Destination management
(1) Add or delete destination(s)
A-Navi System allows you to add up
to two waypoints and destinations.
Usually the start point is the
GPS-fixed current position.
Picture 3.49 Route Plan Screen
+ Add: touch it and enter "Search
. After specifying home address, Picture 4.1 Route Plan Menu" to search waypoint/
system enter "Route Plan" With A-Navi system you can enter destination.
screen.
the desired destination and also - Delete: touch it and the highlight
Please refer to "Route Plan" specify how the route is to be waypoint/destination in yellow is
operation details. calculated. deleted.
A-Navi System enables to set two (2) Change the sequence of
waypoints during navigation. The destination
system calculates a proposed route
according to the sequence of the w: touch it to move up the highlight
waypoints you specified, and guides waypoint/destination.
you to the final destination. x: touch it to move down the
highlight waypoint/destination.
crc - 7/17/14
Grey key means the function is C. To draw the map in all situations. The default setting is
disabled. directions Quickest Route and Use of
Motorway, Use of Ferries and Allow
(3) Display destination on map 2. Route options Tolls. You may touch each
A-Navi System offers you optimised parameter to change the mode or
settings of navigation. These style.
settings are the basis parameters
for calculating the route. Road type:
Use of Motorway: most use of
motorway
Use of Motorway: least use of
motorway
Use of Ferries: most use of
ferries
Use of Ferries: least use of
Picture 4.2 Destination on Map ferries
. In "Route Plan" screen, touch Avoid Toll Roads
"On Map" and enter the map Avoid Toll Roads: allow toll roads
location of the highlight
waypoint/destination. Here Picture 4.3 Route Options Routing style:
allow you: . Touch "Options" on "Route Fastest Time: calculates a quickest
A. To pin on the map and check Plan" screen and enter "Route possible route and you could travel
information of the waypoint/ Options" screen(Picture 4.3). at or near speed limit. Shortest
destination. Distance: takes you to your
A-Navi System enable user to select
B. To zoom out/in; road type and routing style
according to different navigation
crc - 7/17/14
destination using the most direct Route Navigation: real-time

route possible. Therefore you travel navigation between start and
the minimum kilometres. destination when GPS position has
4: touch and return to "Route been fixed.
Plan" screen. In the "Route Plan" screen you can
OK: touch to confirm route option select between two modes: Route
settings and return "Route Plan" Navi (Navigation) (Picture 4.4). or
screen. Simulate (Picture 4.5).
3. Select navigation mode

A-Navi System totally has three
navigation modes as below:
Picture 4.5 Route Plan-Simulate
Route Navigation: real-time . touch "Go" means you select
navigation among start, waypoint
route navigation mode. And the
and destination.
system will automatically enter
Simulate Navigation: lifelike "Route Calculating" screen and
simulation of the routing among wait for GPS signal (Picture 4.5)
start, waypoint and destination.
It enables you to check POI or route
information along the route. Picture 4.4 Route Plan-Go
Simulate mode is mostly used when
no GPS position is present.
Free Navigation: real-time
navigation without destination when
GPS position has been fixed.
crc - 7/17/14
Picture 4.6 Calculating route Picture 4.7 System Prompt Picture 4.8 Start Navigating
Before route calculation finishes, . In Route Plan screen, touch . After route calculation and when
you can touch the "Cancel" button "Simulate" and system will GPS position has been fixed, the
at any time to end the operation. prompt that would you like to system will begin navigating.
change the starting point? . Start navigation.
If yes, system will enter
"Search Menu". Navigation
If No, system will enter
After selecting destination and
Picture 4.6.
planning route, the system
calculates the optimised route and
start navigation.
All the information you need for
driving is provided clearly and
comprehensively in the Route Navi
Map. Meanwhile, you can set
crc - 7/17/14
additional navigation settings or do You can access Map Options both

other possible navigation operations from Free Navi Menu and Route
on Route Navi Menu. Navi Menu.
Map Options functions are available
as below:
Auto-map rotation
Picture 5.2 Route Navi Menu

1. Map options
Picture 5.1 Route Navi Map
. On "Route Navi Map" screen,
Touch Main menu to enter Route
Navi Menu.
Picture 5.4 North Up
Picture 5.3 Map Options

crc - 7/17/14
2D/3D: to switch the map between

2D and 3D style.
Picture 5.5 Heading Up Picture 5.6 2D Map

"Heading Up": Rotate map
according to the direction of Picture 5.8 Day Mode
movement.
"North Up": Map is fixed to keep
facing North and allows you to view
driving conditions ahead.
Picture 5.7 3D Map

crc - 7/17/14
Auto Zoom 2. Route information

. Automatically adjusts the map
scale according to driving speed
and provides you a better view
of the map.
. Manually adjust the map scale.
Simulation Speed
This allows you to set a driving
speed during a simulated trip. The
ranges of simulation speed are
50 km/h (mph), 100 km/h (mph),
Picture 5.9 Night Mode
150 km/h (mph), 200 km/h (mph),
Day/Night: to switch the map 250 km/h (mph) and Picture 5.10 Route Information
background between day and 300 km/h (mph). . In the "Route Navi Menu" screen
night mode. (Picture 5.4), touch "Route
Motorway Signpost: turn on/off the Information" to display the entire
function to display motorway route in text (Picture 5.10).
signpost on map. . Route Information includes:
Voice Guidance Start, Destination, distance, next
street name, distance between
. NO voice guidance to instruct two turns, and turn type. For
you at each turn. example: drive along
. Voice guidance instructs you at "Kennedyallee" for 2KM and
each turn. make a right turn to "Morfeldr
LandstraBe".
crc - 7/17/14
3. Route plan 4. Detour
Picture 6.20 Detour

Picture 5.11 Route Plan Picture 5.12 Detour . In the event of a traffic jam, you
A-Navi system enables you to . In the "Route Navi Menu" can estimate the distance to the
change destination or add more screen, touch on "Detour" blocking point and select an
destinations during navigation. (Picture 5.2) to enter the appropriate option, A-Navi
"Detour" screen (Picture 5.12). System will calculate a detour.
. touch "Route Plan" on "Route
Navi Menu" screen.
crc - 7/17/14
5. Recalculate 7. Auto-routing module to calculate a new route.

With the consideration for driving This guarantees you will never
safely, A-Navi System provides the get lost.
auto-routing function that works
under two circumstances:
. Auto starting navigation: After
setting up a destination, touch
on "Go" in the "Route Plan"
screen and A-Navi System will
automatically start the
navigation. Below we will
describe the procedure:
Picture 5.13 Recalculate 1.1. Proceed to the next step if

GPS signals are received.
When you think the current Otherwise, wait to receive
recommended route is not GPS signals;
reasonable or you want to view
another route between start and 1.2. Set the current GPS
destination, you can touch position as starting point,
use the optimal route and
"Recalculate" and the system enters
start navigation.
route calculation screen.
. Auto re-routing: If you have
6. Terminate accidentally missed a
By touching the button "Terminate", recommended turning point
the system will stop navigation and about 100 meters, A-Navi
enter Free Navigation Map. System will activate re-routing
crc - 7/17/14
Setup Menu
Setting
Picture 6.2 Route Navi Menu Picture 6.3 Settings_1

Settings open a selection of options
allowing you to customise A-Navi
Picture 6.1 Free Navi Menu System to your needs.
There are 11 setting items that can
be accessed from "Settings" screen
in Free Navi Menu or Route
Navi Menu.
crc - 7/17/14

. touch "Volume" in the "Settings"
screen (Picture 6.3) to enter the
"Volume" screen (Picture 6.5).
. touch "-" to adjust volume to
lower while touch "+" to make
volume be louder.
. touch y to make the
system mute.
Once you have configured the
settings, touch "OK" and the system
will save your settings and return to
Picture 6.4 Settings_2 the "Settings" screen. Picture 6.6 Safety Alert
1. Volume 2. Safety alert . touch "Safety Alert" in the
"Settings" screen (Picture 6.3) to
Speeding Alert warns you when you
enter the "Safety Alert" screen
exceed the local road speed limit.
(Picture 6.6).
This setting allows you to decide
whether you want to receive When speeding alert turns on, you
speeding alerts or not. can set speeding tolerance value to
0%, 5%, 10%, 15% and 20%.
3. Trace record
A-Navi System logs all positioning
information received from GPS
receiver during navigation. It draws
the route taken on map, which
Picture 6.5 Volume enables you to review the historic
crc - 7/17/14
track information when you 4. Address book management

re-launch the navigation system A-Navi System can save up to 100
next time. This function is very Address/POIs.
useful when you drive in rural areas
such as deserts or forests.
Picture 6.9 Address Book Edit

. touch the field you want to edit,
and touch the keyboard after the
Picture 6.8 Address Book cursor jumps to the field. You
Management can touch "123" or "SYM" to
Picture 6.7 Trace Record switch input format.
. touch "Add" to enter "Search
. By touching "Record On", user
Menu" to search/add address/
switch on trace record function;
POI to Address Book.
while touching "Record Off",
. touch "Delete" to delete one
user close trace record function.
record in Address Book.
. All trace record will be displayed
on screen. If you select one . touch "On Map" to view the
record and touch "Show", it will address location on map.
display the trace record on map. . touch "Edit" to enter Address
Book Edit screen.
crc - 7/17/14
6. Set home address
Picture 10 POI Icon Selection Picture 6.10 Day/Night Mode

Switch Picture 6.11 Settings
. touch 9 on Picture 6.9 to enter
"POI Icon Selection" screen. . When "Manually" turns on, you . Touch "Set Home Address" and
could switch map mode between enter "Search Menu" screen.
Day/night mode switch Day and Night. Manually switch
A-Navi System manually or function disable automatic
automatically adjusts the map colour switch, vice versa.
scheme to the different brightness of . When "Automatic" turns on, you
the day or night. need to set daytime.
Daytime could be set to start from
"5:00-9:00 AM" and end at
"5:00-9:00 PM".
crc - 7/17/14
7. GPS status 1. Date: the date of a GPS position 8. Language

fix, e.g. 13-02;
2. Time: the time (always shown as
GMT) of a GPS position fix, e.g.
15:20:34
3. Vehicle speed: the speed of a
GPS position fix.
4. Altitude: the altitude of a GPS
position fix.
5. HDOP: horizontal dilution of
precision
6. Number of Satellites: 8
Picture 6.12 GPS Status Picture 6.13 Select Language
7. Longitude: the longitude of a
. In the "Settings" screen (Picture GPS-fixed position, e.g. 8
. You can select voice/program
6.3), touch on "GPS Status" to 34'27E language by touching the
display the "GPS status" screen language icon.
(Picture 6.12). 8. Latitude: the latitude of a
GPS-fixed position, e.g. 47
. Touch "OK" and return to
In the "GPS status" screen, you can 24'51N; Settings.
get below information:
1. GPS active: GPS has fixed
current position. GPS inactive:
GPS does not fix a position.
2. Position of satellites: the relative
orientation of satellites to current
position fix;
crc - 7/17/14
9. Right/left-hand drive
Picture 6.15 Left-hand Drive Picture 6.16 Right-hand Drive

Picture 6.14 Settings_2 10. Measur e unit
For better visibility, A-Navi System
provides a different UI layout for Left
/Right hand Drive cars.
Picture 6.17 Settings_2

crc - 7/17/14
You can set the distance unit to be 12. About Appendix

kilometres or miles.
1. Attention
11. Driving speed display ON/OFF
It is not a system failure under
the circumstances listed below:
Situations that can affect the GPS
positioning:
. Sometimes, when you are
driving on the motorway/viaduct,
the floating point swings.
. When you are driving on a very
steep road.
Picture 6.19 About . When you are driving on spiral
. About provide information about road, you will find that the
Picture 6.18 Settings_2 A-Navi System: floating point swings. It is
nothing to do with the radius of
Generally vehicle speed displays on A. Product Model the road and the driving speed
Navigation Map. B. Software Version of your vehicle. One reason
However vehicle speed is not might be that the real road
C. Map Data Version
always right because of GPS signal condition may differ from the
deviation. This function enables you information on the
to turn speed display function on/off. electronic map.
If you see, "Display On" symbol
. When you make a right/left turn
vehicle speed doesn't display; touch to enter a road that has parallel
to turn on vehicle speed display roads nearby (less than 50 m
function and vice versa.
crc - 7/17/14
distance), you might find that the Problems caused by map files:
. Instruct you to make a U-turn;
floating point may go to . When you return from a road
. No indication at a
another road. which is newly constructed to a branching road;
. When driving on a wide road in a road recorded in map file, you . Turning instruction mismatch
snaky line, you may experience may find floating point swings with the real road condition;
that the floating point swings due because the map file may not
to the mismatch of real distance. reflect the real road conditions.
. No indication of direction or
After you have driven for a while, voice prompt about entrance/exit
. Before returning to ground level while guiding on motorway/
road after you have been driving the system will adjust to the right
position using GPS signal expressway.
in an underground car park or
the spiral path of the multi-level information . Schematic map may mismatch
car park, you will find that the . No through way due to road real road conditions.
floating point may swing. When closure or pedestrian path Places having difficulties in
your car is in a rotary elevator, . Opening of a new road and receiving GPS signals
the arrow of the floating point closure of old road;
may not point to the right
. In tunnels;
direction. . Guide to a no-through road; . Between high buildings;
. Providing voice prompt at a . Route re-computed again . Under viaducts;
branching path ahead. without changing the proposed
route;
. In trees/forests;
. The guided distance may When using an external GPS aerial,
deviate from the actual . Guide to a normal road instead
of a viaduct, or vice versa; we recommend that you place it on
distance rate. the roof of the car. If there is a rack
. If there are only small lanes
When any of those situations on the roof of your car, please make
occurs, the GPS satellite will without a normal road near the sure to separate the rack and the
automatically adjust the current destination, the system will only aerial.
position fix if you keep driving. guide you to a place near to your
destination;
crc - 7/17/14
GPS is managed by the US

Department of Defense. It may
purposely reduce the accuracy of
the GPS signals so that the floating
point may swing.
Use Notice
. The floating point may swing
before the GPS signal is
received when you turn the
power on.
. The floating point may swing
when you use the system the
first time after installation.
. The system will automatically
adjust its position and direction
using GPS signals when the
floating point mismatches real
conditions.
crc - 7/17/14
2. POI icons
Icon Name Icon Name Icon Name

All POI Government Office Airport
Medical Automotive Museum
Business Music Centre Company

crc - 7/17/14

Restaurants Centre of Accommodation
Settlement
Finance Night Life Parking
Services Petrol Station Sights

crc - 7/17/14

Recreation Shopping Police Station
Zoo Railway Station

crc - 7/17/14
Phone 2. BT device which connects the

audio set comes back to the
1. Press the Function button
below ANSWER in the display,
audio unit after the BT device is then the audio will be on
Bluetooth out of 10m distance from an the line.
Pairing procedure audio set, The audio set will try 2. Press the Function button
to connect the BT device below DECLINE in the display,
Press the BLUETOOTH [4 ]. Then automatically. the audio unit shall return to the
it moves on the pairing procedure. last mode.
1. Press the Function button Hands-Free Phone
On Line
below "PAIRING" in the display. Taking calls
Press the Function button below
2. Search & select the device MIC MUTE in the display using a
Making a call
name "CAR AUDIO" for phone, microphone is mute.
Bluetooth on a phone. 1. Press the Function button
below Call in the display. Press the Function button below
The audio will display the name of PRIVATE in the display or the
the connected device for 3 seconds. 2. Press the Function button
POWER button during using a
below Last Call in the display.
The audio will return "Mode phone, the mode will change
Selection" after connection The audio will display "Dialling..." "private mode".
procedure and "BT" will be and "Connected".
Press the Function button below
displayed. HANG UP in the display during
Incoming Call
Auto Connection The audio shall display "Incoming using a phone. The audio will return
to the last mode.
1. The audio will try to connect Call..." for 3 seconds, then the audio
previous BT device automatically shall display "Incoming call number"
when infotainment system until user press the Function button
power on. below ANSWER or DECLINE in the
display.
crc - 7/17/14
2 NOTES
crc - 7/17/14
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems Heating and Ventilation System

Heating and Ventilation
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Air Conditioning System . . . . . . 8-3
Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Electronic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
Auxiliary Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
Air Vents
Adjustable Air Vents . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Maintenance
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 Controls for: 5. Recirculation button.
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 1. Temperature control knob. 6. Rear window and outside mirror
Air Conditioning Regular 2. Air distribution mode knob. defroster button.
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 3. Fan control knob.
4. Air conditioning (A/C) button.
crc - 7/17/14
8-2 Climate Controls
Temperature control knob Fan control knob Air distribution mode knob
You may control the rate of airflow You may control the rate of airflow Adjust the air distribution knob to
coming from the system by turning coming from the system by turning the desired mode which you want to
the fan speed control knob. Turn the the fan speed control knob. Turn the direct the air flow.
knob clockwise to increase the fan knob clockwise to increase the fan The air distribution knob can be set
speed and anti-clockwise to speed and anti-clockwise to in one of five positions:
decrease the fan speed. decrease the fan speed.
The fan control knob is adjustable The fan control knob is adjustable Front (E): This setting directs air
from the off position through to from the off position through to through centre and side vents.
step 4. step 4. Bi-level (\): Directs most of the
air through the floor vents. Some of
the air will also be directed to the
windscreen defroster vents, side
vents, and rear vents. Keep the
crc - 7/17/14
area under the front seats clear in Recirculation mode button Your windows may mist up if you
order not to block the airflow to the use the recirculation mode for
rear compartment. extended periods. If this happens,
press the recirculation button again
Floor/Defrost (-): This mode for the outside air mode.
directs most of the air through
windscreen defroster vents, front
door window defroster vents and the { Caution
floor vents. A small amount of air is Driving with recirculation mode for
also directed to the side vents. prolonged period of time can
Defrost (0): Directs most of the make you sleepy.
air through the windscreen and front Periodically turn to the outside air
door window defroster vents. mode for fresh air.
A small amount of air is also
directed to the side vents. Press this button when driving in
dusty conditions or to avoid traffic Air Conditioning System
pollution or outside fumes, and The refrigeration unit of the air
when quick cooling or heating of the conditioning (A/C) system cools and
passenger area is required. The removes moisture, dust, and pollen
indicator light will illuminate and from the air inside your vehicle.
interior air will be recirculated.
Even with the A/C on, your vehicle
Pressing the recirculation mode will produce warm air if you set the
button again will draw outside air temperature control knob to warm.
into the passenger compartment.
The indicator will go out. Note: You may notice water drip
under the engine compartment
sometimes after driving with A/C on.
crc - 7/17/14
This is normal because your cooling The air conditioning system cools 2. Press A/C button. (Indicator light
system removes the moisture from and dehumidifies (dries) as soon as will come on to confirm the A/C
the air. the outside temperature is slightly is running)
Note: Because the compressor of above the freezing point. Therefore 3. Adjust fan speed.
the cooling system shares the condensation may form and drip
from under the vehicle. Note: The air conditioning will not
engine power, you may notice slight operate when the fan control knob is
change in engine power and If no cooling or drying is required, in the off position.
performance when the compressor switch the cooling system off to
operates. save fuel. To turn off the A/C:
A/C button Press A/C button again. (Indicator
{ Caution light will go off to confirm the A/C is
not running)
Using your air conditioning (A/C)
system while driving up long hills Cooling
or in heavy traffic can cause Maximum cooling
engine overheating.
To achieve maximum cooling during
Watch temperature gauge. hot weather and when your vehicle
Turn OFF the A/C if the gauge has been exposed to the sun for a
indicates engine overheating. long time:
Vehicle can be damaged. 1. Open windows slightly to let
warm air escape.
To turn on the air 2. Turn air conditioning (A/C) on.
conditioning (A/C): (Indicator illuminates)
Operated with the u button and is
functional only when the engine and 1. Start the engine. 3. Press recirculation button.
fan are running. (Indicator illuminates)
crc - 7/17/14
4. Turn air distribution knob to Heating Normal heating

FRONT mode (Y). Maximum heating 1. Turn off air conditioning (A/C).
5. Turn temperature control knob (Indicator goes off)
Use the maximum heating mode for
all the way to the blue area for quick heating of the passenger 2. Turn off recirculation. (Indicator
cooling. area. Do not use it for lengthy goes off)
6. Turn fan control knob to highest periods because the interior air may 3. Turn air distribution knob to
speed. become stale and the windows may FLOOR (6) or BI-LEVEL ()).
mist up. To clear the windows, turn
Normal cooling off the recirculation button to allow 4. Turn temperature control knob to
1. Turn on the air conditioning fresh air into the vehicle. red area for heating.
(A/C) button. (Indicator For maximum heating: 5. Turn fan control knob to desired
illuminates) speed.
1. Turn off air conditioning (A/C).
2. Press recirculation button. (Indicator goes off)
(Indicator illuminates)
Ventilation
2. Press recirculation button. Bi-level
3. Turn the air distribution knob to (Indicator illuminates)
FRONT (Y) or BI-LEVEL ()). Use this setting on cool, but
3. Turn air distribution knob to sunny days. Warmer air will flow into
4. Turn temperature control knob to BI-LEVEL ()) or FLOOR (6). the floor area and cool, outside air
blue area for cooling. will flow toward your upper body.
4. Turn temperature control knob
5. Adjust the fan control knob to all the way to the red area for To use this setting:
the desired speed. heating. 1. Turn off recirculation button.
5. Turn fan control knob to (Indicator goes off)
maximum speed. 2. Turn air distribution knob to
BI-LEVEL ()).
crc - 7/17/14
3. Adjust temperature control knob 2. Turn temperature control knob to

to the desired temperature. red area for warm air. Caution (Continued)
4. Turn fan control knob to the 3. Adjust the fan control knob to Do not use FLOOR/DEFROST
desired speed. highest speed for quick (-) or DEFROST (0) in
defrosting.
Ventilation extremely humid weather when
Note: The A/C and outside air the temperature control knob is
To direct air through the centre and mode are automatically turned on to
side vents: set to the blue area.
improve the performance of the
1. Turn off air conditioning (A/C). defroster when you select This can lead to an accident
(Indicator goes off) which can damage your vehicle
DEFROST (0) or FLOOR/Defrost
and cause personal injuries.
2. Turn off recirculation. (Indicator (-) mode.
goes off)
To keep the windscreen clear and
3. Turn the air distribution knob to direct warm air through floor, turn
Automatic Climate
FRONT (Y) or BI-LEVEL ()). the air distribution knob to FLOOR/ Control System
4. Turn temperature control knob DEFROST (-). General description
to blue area for cooling.
Full automatic temperature control
5. Turn fan control knob to desired { Caution (FATC) system controls the interior
speed. The difference between the temperature in your vehicle
outside air and the temperature of automatically and provides the
Defrosting and demisting greatest amount of comfort in the
the windscreen can cause the
To defrost the windscreen: interior regardless of the weather,
windows to mist up, thereby
1. Turn the air distribution knob to outside temperature or season.
restricting your front vision. It will achieve the desired
DEFROST (0). (Continued) temperature when you select the
AUTO mode.
crc - 7/17/14
The desired temperature is

controlled by an in-car sensor { Caution
signal, coolant temperature, sun
sensor signal and the ambient temp Do not place stickers or other
sensor signal. items over the sensor. Doing so
could cause the sensor to
Sunlight sensor malfunction.
Temperature sensor
Temperature information sampled

from the interior of your car is used
in establishing ventilation system
requirements when operating in
AUTO mode.
{ Caution
Sunlight sensor is located in front of
Do not place stickers over the
the windscreen defroster vents.
temperature sensor as this will
This sensor detects sunlight when impair its function.
operating in AUTO mode.
crc - 7/17/14
Automatic temperature control

crc - 7/17/14
1. Set temperature AUTO button To set the desired temperature

2. Defroster indicator
3. Air distribution mode indicator
4. Air conditioning indicator
5. Outside temperature
6. Auto mode indicator
7. Outside air mode indicator
8. Recirculation mode indicator
9. Fan operation indicator
10. Fan speed indicator
11. Dual zone When the AUTO button is pressed, Rotate the temperature control knob
When you operate your FATC in the interior temperature will be until the desired temperature is
AUTO mode, the only thing you controlled automatically to reach the displayed.
have to do is just set the desired desired preset temperature. The Clockwise : The desired
temperature to your preference. system will control air distribution temperature will increase by 0.5C
mode, fan speed, air conditioning (1F).
and recirculation functions
automatically. Anti-clockwise : The desired
temperature will decrease by 0.5C
AUTO mode indicator will appear in (1F).
the DIC (Driver Information Centre)
located in the centre of the You can set the desired temperature
instrument panel. at your preference between 18C
and 28C.
crc - 7/17/14
Note: When desired temperature is Manual control

set at either "HI" (maximum) or "Lo"
(minimum), the fan operates A/C button
continuously at highest speed even
after the interior temperature
reaches the preset temperature.
Dual Zone: The temperature can be
adjusted separately for the driver
and the passenger.
Adjust the SYNC dial to increase or
decrease the temperature for the
passenger.
To turn off the system, press the
Dual Zone/Single Zone display on OFF button.
the DIC or the navigation screen
can be switched by pressing the
SYNC button each time. Turns the air conditioning on or off.
AUTO mode is cancelled and
Press the SYNC button during the indicator will go off when this button
Dual Zone mode to link all climate is pressed.
settings to the driver settings.
The A/C indicator (#) will illuminate
when the air conditioning is on.
Press the A/C button again to turn
the A/C off, or press the OFF button
to turn the entire system off.
crc - 7/17/14
Air distribution mode change Recirculation mode button Fan speed control knob
If the MODE button is pressed, Selects either outside air or Adjust the fan speed by rotating
AUTO mode is cancelled and the air recirculated inside air. this knob.
distribution mode will be changed in AUTO mode is cancelled when this
the following sequence. knob is rotated.
FRONT(Y) BI-LEVEL(\)
FLOOR (5) FLOOR/
DEFROST(/)
crc - 7/17/14
Defrosting AQS To turn off the AQS mode, press the

button again. The indicator light will
go off to confirm the AQS is not
activated.
Your windows may mist up if you
use the AQS mode for extended
periods. If this happens, turn off the
AQS mode and turn to the outside
air mode.
Outside temperature display
Press the DEFROST button (0) to AQS (Air Quality Sensor)

defrost the windscreen. The A/C automatically draws outside air into
and outside air mode are the passenger compartment or
automatically turned on. converts air mode into recirculation
mode to cut off the exhaust gas
Adjust the fan speed using fan from the outside and prevent
speed control knob. contaminating air within the
This mode can be cancelled by passenger compartment.
pressing the defrost button again, Press the AQS button to activate
air distribution mode knob or AUTO AQS mode. The indicator light on
button. the button will come on. The outside temperature is always
displayed in the DIC.
crc - 7/17/14
The temperature sensor is located Ionizer Electronic Climate

in the front bumper area.
Control System
Due to its location, the displayed
temperature can be affected by road
or engine heat while slow driving or
idling.
Temperature unit change
To change the temperature unit, do
the followings:
1. Press SET button on the driver
information centre for more than
2 seconds. The temperature unit
will flash.
The ionizer system releases the ion.
2. Press the Q or Q or R button to
It provides antibacterial effect to
change the temperature unit \ : Press to change the direction
climate control and vehicle interior.
(C F). of the airflow.
When the ignition is switched on,
the ionizer is activated w ] x : Press to increase or
automatically. decrease the fan speed.
The ionizer is deactivated when the
ignition is switched off.
Auxiliary Heater
This supplementary heater (diesel
only) is an electrical air heating type
and installed in the air conditioner
module. This device improves the
crc - 7/17/14
heating effect by increasing the Air Vents Centre vents

temperature of flowing air into the
passenger compartment.
Adjustable Air Vents
Side vents
You can control the direction of

airflow through both adjustable
centre vents.
To shut off the centre vents
You can direct air through both and the side vents
adjustable side vents toward either
side of the front passenger area, Turn the wheel below or next to
or toward the side windows. each vent outlet to block the airflow
through the vents.
crc - 7/17/14
Rear vents Maintenance

{ Warning Cooled or heated air travels to the
Do not attach any objects to the rear foot area through ducts Air Intake
slats of the air vents. Risk of underneath the front seats.
The air intake in front of the
damage and injury in case of an windscreen in the engine
accident. compartment must be kept clear to
allow air intake.
Fixed Air Vents Remove any leaves, dirt or snow.
Windscreen defroster vents
Passenger Compartment
The windscreen defroster vents Air Filter
direct air onto the windscreen.
The filter cleans dust, soot, pollen,
Floor vents spore from the air entering the
The floor vents direct air into the vehicle through the air intake.
front foot area.
Front door window defroster
vents
The front door window defroster
vents direct air onto the side
windows, mainly in the area near
the outside mirror.
crc - 7/17/14
1. Remove the six screws from 3. Remove the filter cover screw. 4. Replace the air conditioner filter.
around the glove box. Note: When inserting new filter,
2. Remove the glove box by gently { Caution make sure they are inserted to the
pulling at the bottom. correct airflow.
Your hands could be hurt by
sharp materials around the filter Note: We recommend that you
housing. consult an authorised repairer to
replace the filter.
Be sure to wear protective gloves
when replacing air conditioner
filter.
crc - 7/17/14
Service
{ Caution
For optimal cooling performance, it
More frequent maintenance of the is recommended to annually check
air filter is required if the driving the climate control system.
circumstances are dusty roads, . Functionality and pressure test
air pollution areas, and frequent
unpaved roads. . Heating functionality
. Leakage check
It makes the filter efficiency to be
decreased and the bronchus to . Check of drive belts
be bad effected. . Cleaning of condenser and
. Evaporator drainage
Air Conditioning Regular . Performance check
Operation
In order to ensure continuously { Caution
efficient performance, cooling must
be operated for a few minutes once Use only correct refrigerant.
a month, irrespective of the weather
and time of year. Operation with
cooling is not possible when outside
temperature is low. { Warning
Climate control systems are
serviced by qualified personnel
only. Improper service methods
may cause personal injury.
crc - 7/17/14
2 NOTES
crc - 7/17/14
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Manual Gearbox

Manual Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Driving Information
Operating Drive Systems Control of a Vehicle
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Never coast with engine not
Driving Information Brakes running
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Many systems will not function in
Antilock Brake
Starting and Operating System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
this situation (e.g. brake servo unit,
New Vehicle Run-In . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 power steering). Driving in this
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 manner is a danger to yourself and
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Ride Control Systems others.
Automatic Engine Start/Stop Electronic Stability
Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Pedals
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 To ensure the pedal travel is
Cruise Control uninhibited, there must be no mats
Engine Exhaust Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24 in the area of the pedals.
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . 9-7 Object Detection Systems
Catalytic Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-26
Rear Vision
Automatic Transmission Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . 9-8
Transmission Display . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Fuel
Selector Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Fuel for Petrol Engines . . . . . . 9-32
Interruption of Power Fuel for Diesel Engines . . . . . . 9-32
Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
crc - 7/17/14
9-2 Driving and Operating
Starting and Ignition Positions

{ Danger
Operating Do not turn the key to LOCK or
ACC position while driving.
New Vehicle Run-In
Vehicle and brake assistance
Use the following precautions for
would not operate, causing
the first few hundred kilometres
vehicle damage, personal injury
(miles) to improve the performance
and economy of your vehicle and or possibly death.
add to its long life:
. Avoid full-throttle starts.
. Do not race the engine. { Caution
. Avoid hard stops except in Type 1 Do not leave the key in ACC or
emergencies. This will allow ON position for extended periods
LOCK: Ignition off
your brakes to bed in properly. while the engine is not running.
ACC: Ignition off, steering wheel
. Avoid quick starts, sudden This will discharge the battery.
lock released
accelerations, and prolonged
high-speed driving in order to ON: Ignition on, preheating for
avoid damage to the engine and diesel engine
to conserve fuel. START: Starting
Avoid full-throttle acceleration in
low gear.
. Do not tow any other vehicle.
crc - 7/17/14
Starting the Engine

{ Caution
Starting engine with the
ignition switch Do not operate starter motor for
more than 10 seconds at a time.
. Turn the key to position ACC,
move the steering wheel slightly If the engine does not start, wait
to release the steering 10 seconds before trying again.
wheel lock. This will prevent starter motor
. Manual gearbox: Operate clutch. damage.
. Automatic transmission : Move
gear lever to P or N. Starting engine with the
Type 2 . Do not accelerate. ignition control knob
The ignition control knob can be . Diesel engine: turn the key to
. Manual gearbox: Operate clutch.
turned to four different positions. position ON for preheating until Turn the ignition control knob to
1. LOCK(Off): Ignition off K goes out. the START position, depressing
the clutch pedal and brake pedal
2. ACC: Ignition off, steering wheel . Turn the key to position START, then release when engine is
lock released depressing the clutch pedal and running.
brake pedal then release when
3. ON: Ignition on, preheating for
diesel engine engine is running.
4. START: Starting Before restarting or to switch off the

engine, turn key back to LOCK.
crc - 7/17/14

. Automatic transmission: Move Centre (DIC) in the middle of the Deactivation
the shift lever to P (Park) or cluster will display ELECTRONIC
N (Neutral). The engine will not KEY NOT DETECTED.
start in any other position. To
restart the engine when the Automatic Engine Start/
vehicle is already moving, use
N (Neutral) only. Stop Feature
If the vehicle has the keyless Stop-Start System
access system, your foot must The stop-start system helps to save
be on the brake pedal to start fuel and to reduce the exhaust
the engine. emission. The engine turns off
. Diesel engine: Turn the ignition automatically when the vehicle is at
control knob to the ON position low speed or standstill.
for preheating until K goes out. The engine will restart automatically
Turn the ignition control knob to the as soon as the clutch is depressed. Deactivate the stop-start system
START position. manually by pressing the eco
Activation button.
When the engine begins cranking,
let go of the ignition control knob, it The stop-start system is activated The deactivation is indicated by the
will return to the ON position. as soon as ignition is ON. LED in the button going off.
If ignition control knob does not turn, Automatic Engine Stop
try pushing the knob in and turning If the vehicle is at low speed or in
again. standstill, activate the automatic
If the transmitter is not in the vehicle engine stop as follows:
or something is interfering with the . Shift the gear lever to N
transmitter, the Driver Information
. Release the clutch pedal
crc - 7/17/14
The engine will be turned off while Conditions for an automatic

. The vehicle has moved since the
the ignition ON. engine stop last automatic engine stop
. The stop-start system is not Restart of the engine by the
manually deactivated driver
. The bonnet is fully closed Depress the clutch pedal to restart
. The driver's door is closed or the the engine.
driver's seat belt is fastened The engine start is indicated by the
. The battery is sufficiently needle on the idle speed position in
charged and in good condition the tachometer.
. The engine is warmed up If the gear lever is shifted out of N
before depressing the clutch first,
. The engine coolant temperature # illuminates.
is not too low
The light goes out as soon as the
. The ambient temperature is not clutch pedal is depressed.
The engine stop is indicated by the too low or high
needle on the AUTOSTOP position Restart of the engine by the
in the tachometer. . The defrosting function is not
activated stop-start system
During an automatic engine stop, If one of the following conditions
the heating performance, power
. Fan control knob of manual
climate control is not in step 4 occurs during engine stop, the
steering and brake performance will engine will be restarted
maintain. (max airflow)
automatically by the stop-start
Air conditioning system may or may
. A/C button of automatic climate system.
not inhibit the stop and start system control is not pressed . The stop-start system is
according to the cooling . The brake vacuum is sufficient manually deactivated
performance.
. The bonnet is opened
crc - 7/17/14

. The driver's seat belt is . Always apply parking brake.
unfastened and the driver's door Engine Exhaust
. Switch off the engine and
is opened ignition. Turn the steering wheel
. The engine temperature is until the steering wheel lock { Warning
too low engages. Engine exhaust contains carbon
. The battery is low . If the vehicle is on a level monoxide (CO) which cannot be
. The brake vacuum is not surface or uphill slope, engage seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
sufficient first gear or p position before can cause unconsciousness and
switching off the ignition. On an even death.
. The vehicle starts to move uphill slope, turn the front
wheels away from the kerb. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
. The ambient temperature is too
low or high If the vehicle is on a downhill
. The vehicle idles in areas
slope, engage reverse gear with poor ventilation (parking
. The defrosting function is garages, tunnels, deep snow
activated before switching off the ignition.
Turn the front wheels towards that may block underbody
. Fan control knob of manual the kerb. airflow or exhaust pipes).
climate control is in step 4 (max . The exhaust smells or
airflow)
. Close windows.
sounds strange or different.
. Lock the vehicle and activate the
. A/C button of automatic climate . The exhaust system leaks
control is pressed anti-theft alarm system.
due to corrosion or damage.
Parking . The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
. Do not park the vehicle on an or improperly repaired.
easily ignitable surface. The high
(Continued)
temperature of the exhaust
system could ignite the surface.
crc - 7/17/14
Diesel Particulate Filter

Warning (Continued) { Warning
The diesel particle filter system
. There are holes or openings filters harmful soot particles out of Be sure the following precautions
in the vehicle body from the exhaust gases. The system are taken because the exhaust
damage or aftermarket includes a self-cleaning function that parts are raised to high
modifications that are not runs automatically during driving. temperature during regeneration
completely sealed. The filter is cleaned by burning off of DPF.
If unusual fumes are detected the soot particles at high . Things that can burn could
or if it is suspected that temperature. This process takes
touch hot exhaust parts under
exhaust is coming into the place automatically under set
your vehicle and ignite. Do
vehicle: driving conditions and may take
not place your vehicle over
more than 15 minutes. The emission
. Drive it only with the windows papers, leaves, dry grass or
of smells and smoke during this
completely down. other things that can burn.
process is normal.
. Turn the ignition OFF as soon
. Have the vehicle repaired Under certain driving conditions,
immediately. as your vehicle enters a
e.g. short distances, the system
garage.
Never park the vehicle with cannot clean itself automatically.
the engine running in an . Do not go near the hot
If the control indicator (DPF lamps)
enclosed area such as a exhaust parts including
L illuminates or flashes, it is exhaust tail pipe.
garage or a building that has necessary to activate the cleaning
no fresh air ventilation. process of Diesel Particulate Filter
by continuing driving safely until
DPF lamps off at the cluster. In
case, constant driving will be better
for cleaning process.
crc - 7/17/14
Catalytic Converter driving can be continued for a short Automatic

period, keeping vehicle speed and
The catalytic converter reduces the engine speed low. Transmission
amount of harmful substances in the
exhaust gas. The automatic transmission permits
{ Caution manual gear shifting (manual mode)
or automatic gear shifting
{ Caution Don't touch the catalytic converter (automatic mode).
during engine operating and it
Use of fuel with low quality or too can be possible to touch the The automatic transmission is an
low octane number may damage catalytic converter after cooling electronically controlled six-speed
the engine, the catalytic converter down the catalytic converter transmission.
or electronic components. because the catalytic converter is Sixth gear is overdrive.
Unburnt petrol will overheat and very hot so the skin (i.e. hand or
body) can be burned: cooling
Starting the vehicle
damage the catalytic converter.
Therefore avoid excessive use of down condition - cool down over 1. After warming up the engine,
the starter, running the fuel tank two hours under ambient continue to press the brake
dry and starting the engine by temperature after engine stop. pedal while shifting the gear
pushing or towing. lever to either the R, D position.
In the event of misfiring, uneven { Caution

engine running, a reduction in Do not shift between D (Drive)
engine performance or other and R (Reverse) or P (Park) while
unusual problems, have the cause the vehicle is moving.
of the fault rectified by a repairer as
soon as possible. In an emergency, This will cause damage to your
transmission and personal injury.
crc - 7/17/14
2. Release the parking brake and Selector Lever

the brake pedal.
3. Slowly press the accelerator
pedal to set the vehicle in
motion.
Transmission Display
Type 2
If your vehicle has a DIC in the
middle of the cluster, the selected
gear or transmission mode display P (PARK): Locks the front wheels.
will be shown on the bottom of Select P only when the vehicle is
the DIC. stationary and the parking brake is
applied.
Type 1 R (REVERSE): Reverse
transmission position. Select R only
It is located in the instrument when the vehicle is stationary.
cluster.
N (NEUTRAL): Neutral gear
It indicates the selected gear or position.
transmission mode.
crc - 7/17/14
D: This drive position is for all Shifting between gear Shifts that require you to push the
normal driving conditions. Allows positions release button are indicated by
the transmission to shift into all 6 black arrows.
forward gears.
{ Caution
Do not accelerate while engaging
a gear.
Never depress the accelerator
pedal and brake pedal at the Push the release button to shift.
same time. White arrows indicate shifts that do
When a gear is engaged, the not require you to push the release
button.
vehicle slowly begins to creep
when the brake is released.
Shifting between gear positions is
Do not use the P (Park) position as follows:
in place of the parking brake.
Turn off the engine, apply the
parking brake, and remove the
ignition key when leaving the
vehicle. Shift freely.
Never leave the vehicle Whether your vehicle is stationary
unattended while the engine is or in motion, manual mode is
Depress the brake pedal and push selected by pulling the gear lever
running. release button to shift. from the "D" position to the left into
crc - 7/17/14
the manual gate. To return to "D" To maintain the required levels of

range operation, push the gear lever vehicle performance and safety, the Caution (Continued)
back to the right into the main gate. system may not execute certain
gearshifts when the gear lever is downshifts must be made
In manual mode, moving the gear carefully in accordance with the
lever backwards and forwards can operated.
vehicle's speed.
make rapid gearshifts simple. In Before driving away from a stop on
contrast to a manual transaxle, the a slippery road, push the gear lever
manual mode allows gearshifts with forward into the +(up) position. This Engine braking
the accelerator pedal depressed. causes the transaxle to shift into To help use the braking effect of
UP(+): Push the lever forward once 2nd gear which is better for smooth engine compression when driving
to shift up one gear. driving away on a slippery road. Pull on a long downhill select manual
the gear lever to the - (down) to shift mode downshift to a lower gear in a
DOWN(-): Pull the lever backwards back to 1st gear. sequential order.
once to shift down one gear.
Note: In manual mode, only the five { Caution { Warning
forward gears can be selected.
In manual mode, the driver must Do not downshift transmission by
To reverse or park the vehicle, move execute upward shifts in
the gear lever to the "R" or "P" two or more gear positions at
accordance with prevailing road a time.
position as required.
conditions, taking care to keep
Note: In manual mode, downward the engine speed below the This prevents damage to your
shifts are made automatically when red zone. transmission or loss of control
the vehicle slows down. When the and personal injuries.
vehicle stops, 1st gear is Since sudden engine braking and/
automatically selected. or rapid acceleration can cause a
loss of traction, however, Note: Use of engine compression
during long mountainous descents
(Continued) may prolong the life of your brakes.
crc - 7/17/14
Rocking the vehicle Kickdown Have the cause of the fault

remedied by a repairer.
Rocking the vehicle is only
permissible if the vehicle is stuck in
sand, mud or snow. Interruption of Power
Move the gear lever between D and
Supply
R in a repeat pattern. In the event of an interruption of
Do not race the engine and avoid power supply, the gear lever cannot
sudden acceleration. be moved out of the P position.
If the battery is discharged, start the
Parking vehicle using jump leads.
After stop the vehicle with pressing If the battery is not the cause of the
the brake pedal, engage P and fault, release gear lever and remove
apply the parking brake and then ignition key from ignition lock.
remove ignition key. For faster acceleration press the
accelerator pedal all the way down Release gear lever
and hold. The transmission shifts to Before shifting from park (P), the
a lower gear depending on the ignition must be ON and you must
engine speed. depress the brake pedal all the way
down. If you cannot shift out of P
Fault with the ignition ON and the brake
pedal depressed:
In the event of a fault, the
malfunction indicator light 1. Turn the ignition off and remove
illuminates. The transmission no the key.
longer shifts automatically nor 2. Depress and hold the brake
manually because it is locked in a pedal and apply the parking
certain gear. brake.
crc - 7/17/14
5. Shift to neutral (N).

Warning (Continued)
6. Remove the key from the slot.
7. Reinstall the rubber mat. When stopping the vehicle on an
uphill gradient, do not hold the
8. Have your vehicle repaired as vehicle in place by pressing the
soon as possible.
accelerator pedal. Use the foot
brake.
{ Warning Press the brake pedal when
To help prevent damage to the shifting from P or N to R or a
transmission, observe the forward gear.
following precautions: Otherwise transmission could be
3. Remove the rubber mat.
Do not press the accelerator damaged or vehicle could move
pedal while shifting from P or N to unexpectedly, causing driver to
R or a forward gear. lose control of the vehicle,
resulting in personal injury or
To do so may not only damage
damage to the vehicle or other
the transmission, but could cause
property.
you to lose control of the vehicle.
Use D as much as possible.
Never shift to P or R while the
vehicle is in motion.
(Continued)
4. Insert and press the ignition key

into the slot.
crc - 7/17/14
Fuel Economy Mode When fuel economy mode is on: Manual Gearbox
. The transmission will up shift
sooner, and downshift later.
. The torque converter will lock-
up sooner, and stay on longer.
. The accelerator pedal will be
less sensitive.
. The vehicle's computers will
more aggressively shut off fuel
to the engine under deceleration.
Do not use fuel economy mode
while towing.
The vehicle may have a fuel To change gears, fully depress the
economy mode. When engaged, clutch pedal, move the gear lever
fuel economy mode can improve the into gear, and slowly release the
vehicle's fuel economy. clutch.
Pressing the eco button by the shift To shift into reverse, press the
lever will engage fuel economy button on the back of the gear lever
mode. When activated, the eco light knob while moving the gear lever
in the instrument cluster will into the reverse position.
come on.
Do not ride the clutch unnecessarily.
See Fuel Economy Light on During operation, depress the clutch
page 5-21. Pressing the button a pedal completely.
second time will turn fuel economy
mode off. Do not use the pedal as a foot rest.
crc - 7/17/14
{ Caution Drive Systems Brakes

The braking system is designed for
It is inadvisable to drive with a All-Wheel Drive braking performance under a wide
hand resting on the gear lever. range of driving conditions.
If your vehicle has active on
demand all-wheel drive (AWD), the Your vehicle is equipped with front
AWD system operates automatically and rear disc brakes and a dual
without any action required by the circuit braking system.
driver. If the front drive wheels begin
to slip, the rear wheels will If one brake circuit should fail, the
automatically begin to drive the vehicle can still be stopped with the
vehicle as required. There may be a remaining circuit, however, stopping
slight engagement noise during hard distance will be increased and more
use but this is normal. brake pedal pressure will be
required.
The AWD warning light C flashes
when AWD system is temporarily
disabled. If the light flashes briefly,
{ Warning
and then goes out, this is normal If one of the circuits fail, the brake
and does not indicate a system pedal must be pressed with
fault. However if the light flashes greater pedal pressure and the
continuously, you should consult a braking distance is increased.
repairer to repair the problem as
soon as possible. Have the brake system checked
and repaired by a repairer
The light comes on to indicate that immediately.
there is a malfunction in the AWD
system. If it happens, your vehicle
should be serviced by a repairer.
crc - 7/17/14
Centre high-mounted brake lamp (or Overheated brakes

{ Warning with brake lamps) flashes several
Braking excessively when going
times to alert drivers coming behind
If the brake pedal can be pressed down a long, steep hill can
your vehicle on the following
further than normal, the brakes temporarily overheat the brakes.
condition:
may be in need of repair. Shift to a lower gear when going
Although brakes are operated, a down hills. Do not continuously
Consult a repairer immediately. vehicle runs more than a certain apply the brakes.
speed.
When ABS is working at { Warning
{ Caution that time.
After driving through deep water,
Do not drive with your foot resting Wet brakes washing the vehicle, or using the
on the brake pedal. Driving through water or washing brakes excessively when going
your car can get the brake down a steep hill, the brakes can
Doing so will accelerate wear of
components wet. temporarily lose their stopping
the brake components. The
power. This may be due to wet
brakes may also become To restore normal braking:
brake components or
overheated, resulting in longer 1. Check behind you for other overheating.
braking distance and an unsafe vehicles.
condition. If your brakes temporarily lose
2. Keep a safe forward speed with their stopping power because of
plenty of space to your rear and overheating:
sides.
Shift to a lower gear when going
3. Gently apply brakes until normal down hills. Do not continuously
performance is restored.
apply the brakes.
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
despite the fact that the pedal is

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) pulsating. Do not reduce the
pressure on the pedal.
If your brakes temporarily lose This may indicate the brake pads
their power because of wet brake need to be repaired or replaced. ABS operation can be recognised
components, the following Driving with worn brake pads by vibration and the noise of the
procedure will help restore their could result in a collision and ABS process.
normal performance: personal injury. To stop the vehicle optimally, keep
1. Check behind you for other pressing the brake pedal even if the
vehicles. brake pedal vibrates.
Antilock Brake
Do not decrease your power when
2. Keep a safe forward speed System (ABS) pressing the brake pedal.
with plenty of space to your
rear and sides. Anti-lock brake system (ABS) When you start the vehicle after
prevents the wheels from locking. ignition is switched on, you may
3. Gently apply the brakes until
normal performance is ABS starts to regulate brake hear mechanical sounds. This is
restored. pressure as soon as a wheel shows normal so that the ABS is ready.
a tendency to lock. The vehicle See Antilock Brake System (ABS)
remains steerable, even during hard Warning Light on page 5-17
braking.
{ Warning ABS control is made apparent Fault
through a pulse in the brake pedal
When brake noise is heard, do
not continue to drive your vehicle.
and the noise of the regulation { Warning
process.
(Continued) If there is a fault in the ABS, the
For optimum braking, keep the wheels may be liable to lock due
brake pedal fully depressed to braking that is heavier than
throughout the braking process,
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
The vehicle has an Electric Parking EPB Apply

Warning (Continued) Brake (EPB). The switch for the The EPB can be applied any time
EPB is in the centre console. The the vehicle is stopped. The EPB is
normal. The advantages of ABS EPB can always be activated, even
are no longer available. During applied by momentarily lifting up on
if the ignition is OFF. To prevent the EPB switch. Once fully applied,
hard braking, the vehicle can no draining the battery, avoid repeated
longer be steered and may cycles of the EPB system when the the parking brake status light Y
swerve. engine is not running. will be on. While the brake is being
applied, the status lamp will flash
until full apply is reached. If the light
Have the cause of the fault does not come on or remains
remedied by a repairer. flashing, you need to have the
vehicle serviced. Do not drive the
Parking Brake vehicle if the parking brake status
light is flashing. Consult a repairer.
The system has a parking brake See Brake System Warning Light on
status light Y and a parking brake page 5-16.
warning light. If the EPB is applied while the
vehicle is in motion, a chime will
See Brake System Warning Light on
sound. The vehicle will decelerate
page 5-16. In case of insufficient
as long as the switch is held in the
electrical power, the EPB cannot be
up position. Releasing the EPB
applied or released. Before leaving
switch during the deceleration will
the vehicle, check the parking brake
release the parking brake. If the
status lamp to insure the parking
switch is held in the up position until
brake is applied.
the vehicle comes to a stop, the
EPB will remain applied.
crc - 7/17/14
If the parking brake status light Y Continue to hold the switch until the
flashes continuously, the EPB is parking brake status light Y
only partially applied or released, remains on. If the parking brake
or there is a problem with the EPB. warning light is on, consult a
If this light flashes continuously, repairer.
release the EPB, and attempt to If the EPB fails to apply, the rear
apply it again. If this light continues If the parking brake warning light is
wheels should be blocked to on, the EPB has detected an error
to flash, do not drive the vehicle. prevent vehicle movement.
Consult a repairer. If the parking in another system and is operating
brake warning light is on, the EPB EPB Release with reduced functionality. To
has detected an error in another release the EPB when this light is
To release the EPB, place the on, push down on the EPB switch
system and is operating with ignition in the ON/START position,
reduced functionality. To apply the and hold it in the down position.
apply and hold the brake pedal, and
EPB when this light is on, lift up on push down momentarily on the EPB EPB release may take a longer
the EPB switch and hold it in the up switch. If you attempt to release the period of time than normal when this
position. Full application of the EPB without the brake pedal light is on. Continue to hold the
parking brake by the EPB system applied, a chime will sound and the switch until the parking brake status
may take a longer period of time light Y is off. If the light is on,
than normal when this light is on. press brake pedal light # will
appear. consult a repairer.
The EPB is released when the Note: Driving with the parking
brake on can overheat the brake
parking brake status light Y is off.
system and cause premature wear
or damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake is
fully released and the brake warning
light is off before driving.
crc - 7/17/14
Automatic EPB Release Ride Control Systems

The EPB will automatically release if
{ Caution
the vehicle is running, placed into Do not park or operate your Electronic Stability
gear and an attempt is made to vehicle over combustible
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration
Control (ESC)
materials.
when the EPB is applied, to
preserve parking brake lining life. They could touch hot exhaust { Caution
parts under your vehicle and
If you choose to install winter
{ Warning ignite.
tyres on your vehicle, be sure to
If the parking brake is not set only use winter tyres that are
properly, the vehicle may move recommended by a repairer.
suddenly. See a repairer if an Using the wrong winter tyres may
adjustment is required. adversely affect Stability System
performance.
See authorised repairer for details
{ Caution regarding winter tyre availability
and proper tyre selection.
Do not drive with the parking
brake on.
The ESC system is an electronic
This can cause your rear parking vehicle stability control system and
brakes to overheat or wear out driving safety supplementary system
prematurely. You may have to that helps to avoid dangerous
replace them, and you could situations by applying brakes on the
damage other parts of your wheels or the engine torque to
vehicle. compensate vehicle stability when it
is extremely unstable under
crc - 7/17/14
conditions such as sharp cornering Hydraulic brake assist (HBA) Trailer stability assist (TSA)
or quick lane change. The ESC function function
function automatically works when
your vehicle is in a very unstable When the ESC system recognises Snaking road trains are very difficult
condition. The ESC system does any emergency situations requiring to handle. This function detects
not work under normal driving hard braking, it automatically snaking and then reduces the trains
conditions. delivers an extra high braking velocity until the oscillation stops.
pressure to the wheels. The deceleration is obtained by
When the ignition is switched ON, reducing the engine torque and
the ESC active & warning lamp and Active rollover protection increasing the pressure in all wheel
ESC off indicator come on and go (ARP) function brakes.
off after about 4 seconds. This function is a part of the ESC Hill start assist (HSA)
The ESC active & warning lamp system. When your vehicle moves
flashes while ESC is operating and in an extremely unstable manner, The system helps prevent rollback
illuminates to indicate that there is a this function helps the vehicle when driving away on hill.
malfunction in the system. If this maintain normal stability. When depressing the accelerator
condition occurs, consult a repairer pedal after releasing the brake
as soon as possible. Traction control system (TCS)
function pedal on hill, the brakes remain on
See Electronic Stability Control for approximately 2 seconds.
(ESC) Indicator Light on page 5-19. TCS prevents the driving wheels
from spinning, irrespective of the
road condition and tyre grip. As
{ Caution soon as at least one driving wheel
If the ESC active & warning lamp starts to spin, the engine output is
comes on, the ESC system is reduced and the spinning wheel is
braked. This improves the vehicle's
defective. Make sure to consult a
directional control and driving
repairer as soon as possible.
power, particularly on snow and ice
as well as on wet or slippery roads.
crc - 7/17/14
ESC off button Descent control system (DCS)

{ Caution
When the ESC system activates
to correct the vehicle stability,
reduce the speed and pay extra
attention to the road.
The ESC system is only a
supplementary device for the
vehicle. When the vehicle
exceeds its physical limits, it
cannot be controlled. Do not rely
on the system. Keep driving
safely.
ESC can be deactivated by pressing When the ESC is applied, you When travelling down steep
the ESC OFF button on the centre may hear some noise or feel a gradients, this function allows you to
of the instrument panel. vibration from the brake pedal or travel at a low speed without
If you push the ESC OFF button other relevant systems. They are depressing the brake pedal and
again when the ESC function is allows you to concentrate on
caused by pressure changes in
deactivated (ESC off indicator is steering. This convenient function is
the relevant systems.
turned on), the system will be for only driving down steep
resumed and the ESC off indicator gradients.
on the instrument panel goes out by To activate DCS, press the DCS
resuming the ESC system. button on the centre of the
instrument panel. When the button
is pressed, DCS is ready for use.
crc - 7/17/14
The green DCS active indicator DCS operational conditions

comes on. While DCS is operating, 1. The DCS button should be
{ Caution
DCS active indicator will flash. pressed (The green DCS active DCS is designed for driving on
To deactivate DCS, press the DCS indicator comes on). off-road steep gradients.
button again. DCS active indicator 2. A certain steep gradient.
will go off. Unnecessary usage of DCS can
3. Driving below about 50 km/h cause malfunctions in the brake
The amber DCS not ready & (31.1 mph). system or ESC. Do not use DCS
warning lamp flashes to indicate when driving on normal roads.
that DCS is not ready for conditions (DCS is not operated when the
to operate and comes on to indicate vehicle speed is over 50 km/h It is normal to have strong
that there is a malfunction in the (31.1 mph) in spite of pressing vibrations and noise from the
system. DCS button. DCS operates brake system when DCS is
again when the vehicle speed applied.
See Descent Control System Light decreases below 30 km/h
on page 5-18. (18.6 mph) after it is over
50 km/h (31.1 mph))
{ Caution 4. The accelerator or brake pedal
If the amber DCS not ready and is not depressed.
warning lamp comes on, the DCS (DCS is not operated only when
is malfunctioning. Make sure to the accelerator or brake pedal is
consult a repairer as soon as applied.)
possible.
crc - 7/17/14
Cruise Control If your vehicle is in cruise control

when the optional traction control
2. Accelerate to the speed
you want.
system begins to limit wheel spin, 3. Press the SET/- button and
the cruise control will automatically release it. An indicator light on
disengage. When road conditions the instrument panel cluster will
allow you to safely use it again, you come on to show you that the
may turn the cruise control back on. cruise control is on.
{ Caution 4. Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal.
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you can't drive safely at a { Caution
steady speed. So, don't use your
cruise control on winding roads or If you leave your cruise control on
in heavy traffic. when you're not using cruise, you
If your vehicle has cruise control, might hit a button and go into
you can maintain a speed of about Cruise control can be dangerous cruise when you don't want to.
40 km/h (25 mph) or more without on slippery roads. On such roads, You could be startled and even
keeping your foot on the fast changes in tyre traction can lose control. Keep the cruise
accelerator. This can really help on cause excessive wheel slip, and control switch off until you want to
long trips. Cruise control does not you could lose control. Don't use use cruise control.
work at speeds below about cruise control on slippery roads.
40 km/h (25 mph).
Resuming a set speed
When you apply your brakes or Setting cruise control
Suppose you set your cruise control
press the Q button, the cruise
1. Press the I button, located on at a desired speed and then you
control shuts off.
the right side of the steering apply the brake pedal or press
wheel, to turn cruise control on. the I button. This, of course,
crc - 7/17/14
shuts off the cruise control. But you

. Press the RES/+ button. Hold it Passing another vehicle while
don't need to reset it. Once you're there until you get up to the using cruise control
going about 40 km/h (25 mph) or speed you want, and then
more, you can tap the RES/+ release the button. To increase Use the accelerator pedal to
button. your speed in very small increase your speed. When you
amounts, tap the RES/+ button take your foot off the pedal, your
You'll go right back up to your and then release it. Each time vehicle will slow down to the cruise
chosen speed and stay there. you do this, your vehicle will go control speed you set earlier.
If you hold the RES/+ button longer, about 2 km/h (1.2 mph) faster.
The accelerate feature will only
Using cruise control on hills
the vehicle will keep going faster
until you release the button, apply work after you turn on the cruise How well your cruise control will
the brake pedal or press the I control by pressing the SET/- work on hills depends upon your
button. So unless you want to go button. speed, load and the steepness of
faster, do not hold the RES/+ the hills. When going up a steep hill,
Reducing speed while using you may have to step on the
button. cruise control accelerator pedal to maintain your
Increasing speed while using There are two ways to reduce your speed. When going downhill, you
cruse control speed while using cruise control: may have to brake or shift to a lower
gear to keep your speed down. Of
There are two ways to go to a . Press the SET/- button until you course, applying the brake pedal
higher speed: reach the lower speed you want, takes you out of cruise control.
. Use the accelerator pedal to get then release it. Many drivers find this to be too
to a higher speed. Press the . To slow down in very small much trouble and don't use cruise
SET/- button, then release the amounts, tap the SET/- button. control on steep hills.
button and the accelerator pedal. Each time you do this, you will
You will now cruise at the higher go about 2 km/h (1.2 mph)
speed. slower.
crc - 7/17/14
Disengaging cruise control Object Detection If the vehicle approaches an

obstacle to the front or rear, a series
There are several ways to turn off Systems of signals sound. The interval
the cruise control:
between the signals becomes
. Step lightly on the brake pedal Ultrasonic Parking Assist shorter as the distance is reduced.
or press the I button, or press The system is deactivated when the
the clutch pedal, if you have a Front and rear parking assist
vehicle's speed is greater than
manual transaxle. The parking assistance system 25 km/h (15 mph).
assists the driver during forward and
. Press the I button on the
backward movement of the vehicle
cruise control pad. by alarming if any object is sensed
Erasing speed memory between the vehicle and the
obstacle.
When you turn off the cruise control
or the ignition, your cruise control The system registers distance using
set speed memory is erased. sensors in each of the front and rear
bumpers.
This system is automatically turned
on whenever the ignition switch
is ON.
Note: The front and rear sensors
are activated together when shifting To activate the system, press the
the gear to "R" position. park assist button on the instrument
If the shifting lever is not in "R" panel. The indicator button will
position, only front sensor is light up.
activated.
crc - 7/17/14
Pressing the button again This system is deactivated when the

deactivates the system and the vehicle's speed is greater than
indicator light turns off. approximately 25 km/h (15 mph).
Rear parking assists system If the alarm sound happens when
shifting the gear to "R" position, this
indicates normal condition.
Warning sound
You can figure out the distance
between your vehicle and obstacles
with the warning sound.
The parking assistance system

assists the driver during backward
movement of the vehicle by
alarming if any object is sensed
behind the vehicle.
This system can automatically be
turned on whenever the ignition
switch is ON and the automatic
transaxle's gear lever is in "R".
crc - 7/17/14
Front warning type

Warning zone Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3
Warning range 100~81 cm 80~41 cm 40 cm~
Warning sound beepbeepbeep beep-beep-beep continuous
Rear warning type

Warning zone Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3
Warning range 120~81 cm 80~41 cm 40 cm~
Warning sound gonggonggong gong-gong-gong continuous
Note: The parking assistance

system warning light can come on { Caution Caution (Continued)
to indicate that the sensors are dirty. .
If the following happens, this The alarm sounds for 6 times
If the warning light is on due to the indicates that there is a repeatedly when there are no
sensors being dirty, clean the malfunction in the parking obstacles around the rear
sensors with a soft sponge and assistance system. Consult a bumper.
clean water. repairer as soon as possible.
If the warning light is still on after . The parking assistance
cleaning the sensors, consult your system warning lamp comes
dealer to repair the problem as soon on while driving.
as possible.
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
{ Caution Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Parking assistance system should The parking assistance system In the car park, the upper portion
only be considered as a might not recognise sharp of the vehicle can be hit before
supplementary function. The objects, thick winter clothes or the sensor operation, so check
driver must check the view. sponges which absorb the with outside rearview mirrors or
The audible warning signal can frequency. by turning your head during
be different depending on the When receiving other ultrasonic parking.
objects. signals (metal sound or air
The audible warning signal might braking noises from heavy Rear Vision
commercial vehicles), the parking
not activate in case the sensor is
assistance system may not work
Camera (RVC)
frozen or stained with dirt or mud.
properly. The RVC system is designed to
There is a chance of malfunction help the driver when reversing by
of the parking assistance system Clean dirty sensors with a soft displaying a view of the area behind
when driving on uneven surfaces sponge and clean water. the vehicle. When the key is in the
such as woods, gravel road, You should continue to utilise the ON/START position and the driver
jagged road, or gradient. mirrors or turning your head. shifts the vehicle into R (Reverse),
Normal precautions when the video image automatically
Do not push, or scratch the appears on the LCD Module
surface of the sensor. This will reversing should be maintained.
Display.
likely damage the covering. Do not press or shock the
sensors by hitting or directing a Once the driver shifts out of
(Continued) R (Reverse), the video image
high pressure water gun directly
automatically disappears from the
at them while washing, or the
LCD Module Display.
sensors will be damaged.
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
Rear vision camera location

{ Warning Warning (Continued)
The Rear Vision Camera (RVC) bicyclist, or pet, resulting in
system does not replace driver vehicle damage, injury, or death.
vision. Even though the vehicle has the
RVC does not: RVC system, always check
carefully before reversing by
. Detect objects that are checking behind and around the
outside the camera's field of vehicle.
view, below the bumper,
or underneath the vehicle.
Turning the rear vision
. Detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, or pets. Camera System Off or On When the
key is in the ON/START position
Do not reverse the vehicle by only and the driver shifts the vehicle into The camera is located in the rear of
looking at the RVC screen, or use R (Reverse), the video image will the vehicle.
the screen during longer, higher appear when the CAM button is The area displayed by the camera is
speed backing manoeuvres or pressed on the infotainment system. limited and does not display objects
where there could be cross-traffic. that are close to either corner or
You're judged distances using the under the bumper. The area
screen will differ from actual displayed can vary depending on
distances. vehicle orientation or road
If you do not use proper care conditions. The distance of the
before reversing, you could hit a image that appears on the screen
vehicle, child, pedestrian, differs from the actual distance.
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
When the system does not seem Fuel Notice: This vehicle was not
to work properly designed for fuel that contains
The RVC system might not work methanol. Do not use fuel
Fuel Additives containing methanol. It can
properly or display a clear image if:
Petrol should contain detergent corrode metal parts in the fuel
. The RVC is turned off. additives that help prevent engine system and also damage plastic
. It is dark. and fuel system deposits from and rubber parts. That damage
forming. Clean fuel injectors and would not be covered under the
. The sun or the beam of vehicle warranty.
intake valves will allow the emission
headlamps is shining directly
control system to work properly. Some petrols can contain an
into the camera lens.
Some petrol does not contain octane-enhancing additive called
. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else sufficient quantities of additive to methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
builds up on the camera lens. keep fuel injectors and intake valves tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant
Clean the lens, rinse it with clean. To make up for this lack of where you buy petrol whether the
water, and wipe it with a soft detergent, it is recommended that fuel contains MMT. We recommend
cloth. GM Fuel System Treatment against the use of such petrols.
PLUS(ACDelco part No. 88861013) Fuels containing MMT can reduce
. The back of the vehicle is in an be added to the fuel tank at every spark plug life and affect emission
accident. The position and engine oil change or every control system performance. The
mounting angle of the camera 15,000 km, whichever occurs first. malfunction indicator lamp might
can change or the camera can turn on. If this occurs, return to your
be affected. Be sure to have the Petrols containing oxygenates, such
as ethers and ethanol, may be dealer for service.
camera and its position and
mounting angle checked at your available in your area. However,
dealer. fuels containing more than 15%
ethanol, such as E85 (85% ethanol),
. There are extreme temperature or more than 15% MTBE (an ether)
changes. should not be used in vehicles that
were not designed for those fuels.
crc - 7/17/14
Fuel for Petrol Engines Note: To prevent accidental use of Fuel for Diesel Engines
leaded fuel, the nozzles for leaded
Fuel recommendations fuel are larger, and will not fit the Diesel engine must be operated
fuel filler neck of your vehicle. only on commercially available
Use only unleaded fuel rated at diesel fuel meeting the
RON95. Do not use methanol. specifications of DIN EN 590. Do
Fuel quality and additives contained Fuels containing methanol should not use marine diesel oils, heating
in fuel have a significant effect on not be used in your vehicle. oils or entirely or partially
power output, drive ability, and life plant-based diesel fuels, such as
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle rape seed oil or bio-diesel,
of the engine. performance and damage
Aquazole and similar diesel-water
Fuel with too low an octane number components of the fuel system.
emulsions.
can cause engine knock.
{ Caution The flow and filterability of diesel
{ Caution Use of methanol may damage the
fuel are temperature-dependent.
Diesel fuels with improved
Use of fuel with an octane fuel system. Such misuse is not low-temperature properties are
number lower than RON95 may covered by the vehicle warranty. therefore available on the market
damage engine. (In some during the winter months. Make sure
Operation in foreign countries If
countries, you may be able to use that you fill the tank with winter fuel
you are going to drive your
unleaded fuel rated at RON91. before the start of the cold weather
vehicle in another country:
For the details, consult an season.
authorised repairer.) Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
Use of leaded fuel will damage
exhaust system and invalidate the Confirm that suitable fuel is
warranty. available.
crc - 7/17/14
Filling the Tank

{ Danger Danger (Continued)
{ Caution Before refuelling, switch off Do not perform any actions that
engine and any external heaters may generate static electricity like
If you use inappropriate grade with combustion chambers. getting on and off the vehicle
fuel or put incorrect fuel additives Switch off any mobile phone. when refuelling. Vapourised fuel
into the fuel tank, the engine and can be ignited by static electricity.
catalytic converter may seriously Vapourised fuel can be ignited by
be damaged. electromagnetic waves or electric If you can smell fuel in your
current of mobile phone. vehicle, have the cause of this
Be sure to use the correct fuel remedied immediately by a
(petrol or diesel) corresponding to Fuel is flammable and explosive.
No smoking. No naked flames or repairer.
your vehicle when refuelling.
If you fill petrol in your diesel sparks. Follow the operating and
powered vehicle, your vehicle can safety instructions of the filling
be seriously damaged. If you station when refuelling.
vehicle has diesel engine, you Remove static electricity on your
can confirm the correct fuel by hands by touching something
taking a look at information on the able to release the static
fuel filler cap. electricity before touching or
For safety reasons, fuel opening fuel cap or refuelling
containers, pumps and hoses nozzle.
must be properly earthed. Static (Continued)
electricity build up can ignite the
petrol vapour. You can be burnt
and your vehicle damaged.
crc - 7/17/14
The fuel filler door is in the left rear 6. After refuelling, close cap. Turn it For the values specific for your
side of vehicle. clockwise until you hear "click" vehicle, refer to the EEC Certificate
1. Stop the engine. sound. of Conformity provided with your
7. Push the fuel filler door closed vehicle or other national registration
2. Unlock the doors by pressing the documents.
door lock switch on the driver's until it latches.
door trim pad. Note: If, in cold weather, the fuel
3. Open the fuel filler door. filler door does not open, tap the
door lightly. Then try to open it
4. Turn the fuel filler cap again.
anticlockwise slowly. If a hissing
sound is heard, wait for it to stop
before completely unscrewing
{ Caution
the cap. Wipe off any overflowing fuel
immediately.
Fuel Consumption
CO2-Emissions
Petrol and Diesel engines
The fuel consumption (combined) of
the model Trax is within a range of
5.3 to 14.3 l/100 km.
The CO2 emission (combined) is
within a range of 164 to 244 g/km.
5. Remove the cap. The cap is

tethered to the hinge hook.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-1
Vehicle Care Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Wheels and Tyres

Diesel Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Wheels and Tyres . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Wiper Blade Winter Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
General Information Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Tyre Designations . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Accessories and Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Bulb Replacement Tyre Pressure Monitor
Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
End-of-Life Vehicle Headlamps and Parking Tread Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Tyre Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Front Indicator Lamps . . . . . . 10-27 Different Size Tyres and
Vehicle Checks Tail lamps, Indicator, Brake Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Doing Your Own lamps, and Reversing Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Wheel Alignment and Tyre
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Side Indicator Lamps . . . . . . . 10-28 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Engine Compartment Centre High-Mounted Brake Tyre Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 lamp (CHMBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Tyre Repair Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11 Rear Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Tyre Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Automatic Transmission Number Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-28
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Jump Starting
Manual Gearbox Fluid . . . . . . 10-16 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-16 Electrical System
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Towing the Vehicle
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-18 Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Vehicle Tools
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-19 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 Appearance Care
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
crc - 7/17/14
10-2 Vehicle Care

. Do not apply the parking brake.
General Information Vehicle Storage
. Open the bonnet, close all doors
Storage for a long period and lock the vehicle.
Accessories and of time
Modifications . Disconnect the clamp from the
If the vehicle is to be stored for negative terminal of the vehicle
We recommend to use genuine several months: battery. Beware that all systems
parts and accessories and factory are not functional, e.g. anti-theft
. Wash and wax the vehicle.
approved parts specific for your alarm system.
vehicle type. We cannot assess or . Have the wax in the engine
guarantee reliability of other compartment and underbody
. Close the bonnet.
products - even if they have a checked. Putting back into operation
regulatory or otherwise granted . Clean and preserve rubber
approval. When the vehicle is to be put back
seals. into operation:
Do not make any modifications to . Change engine oil.
the electrical system, e.g. changes
. Connect the clamp to the
of electronic control units (chip
. Drain washer fluid reservoir. negative terminal of the vehicle
tuning). battery. Activate the electronics
. Check coolant anti-freeze and
of the power windows.
corrosion protection.
{ Caution . Adjust tyre pressure to the value
. Check tyre pressure.
specified for full load. . Fill up the washer fluid reservoir.
Never modify your vehicle. It may
affect the performance, durability . Park the vehicle in a dry, well . Check the engine oil level.
and safety of the vehicle and the ventilated place. For manual . Check the coolant level.
warrant may not cover any gearbox, engage first or reverse
gear. For automatic . Fit the number plate if
problems caused by the
transmission, engine P position. necessary.
modification.
Prevent the vehicle from rolling.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-3
End-of-Life Vehicle Vehicle Checks

Recovery
{ Warning
Information on end-of-life vehicle Doing Your Own The ignition system uses
recovery centres and the recycling Service Work extremely high voltage. Do not
of end-of-life vehicles is available on touch.
our website. Only entrust this work
to an authorised recycling centre. Bonnet
Opening
{ Warning
Only perform engine compartment
checks when the ignition is off.
The cooling fan may start 1. Pull the release lever and return
operating even if the ignition it to its original position.
is off.
crc - 7/17/14
10-4 Vehicle Care
Closing
Warning (Continued)
To close the bonnet:
Do not move your vehicle with the
1. Make sure hands and other
body parts, as well as those of bonnet open. An open bonnet will
other persons, are completely obscure the driver's vision.
away from the engine Operating your vehicle with the
compartment and bonnet open can lead to a
bonnet-to-body edges. collision resulting in damage to
2. Lower the bonnet, allowing it to your vehicle, to other property,
drop from a height of about personal injury or even death.
30cm (1 foot).
2. Reach under front edge of the
bonnet and push bonnet release 3. Make sure the bonnet is locked
lever upward. firmly in place.
3. Lift the bonnet gently. Two
air-pressurised support rods will
{ Warning
hold the bonnet open. Pull on the front edge of the
bonnet to make sure it is latched
{ Caution securely before you drive your
vehicle.
When the engine is hot, only
touch the foam padding of the Do not pull the bonnet release
bonnet support rod handle. handle while your vehicle is
moving.
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-5
Engine Compartment Overview
2.4 DOHC - LHD

crc - 7/17/14
10-6 Vehicle Care
2.4 DOHC - RHD

crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-7
3.0 DOHC - LHD

crc - 7/17/14
10-8 Vehicle Care
3.0 DOHC -RHD

crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-9
DIESEL - LHD
crc - 7/17/14
10-10 Vehicle Care
DIESEL - RHD
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-11
1. Engine air filter In order to get an accurate reading, 5. Pull the dipstick out again.
2. Power steering fluid container the oil must be warm and the
vehicle must be on level ground.
3. Engine oil cap
Checking engine oil level
4. Brake fluid container
5. Engine coolant container
6. Clutch fluid reservoir
7. Fuse block
8. Battery
9. Washer fluid container
10. Dipstick for engine oil level
11. Auxiliary fuse block 6. Check oil level, as shown on the
dipstick. Oil should be between
Engine Oil MIN and MAX.
Keep your engine properly 1. Park vehicle on level ground. If oil level is not clear, read the
lubricated by keeping the engine oil opposite side of gauge instead.
2. Turn off the engine and give the
at the correct level. Different dipsticks are used
oil 5 minutes to drain back into
It is normal for an engine to the oil pan. If this is not done, depending on engine variant.
consume some engine oil. the oil dipstick might not show
Check the oil level at regular the actual level.
intervals such as every time you 3. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
stop for fuel. clean.
4. Re-insert dipstick completely.
crc - 7/17/14
10-12 Vehicle Care
Changing engine oil and filter

Warning (Continued)
Avoid repeated or prolonged { Warning
contact with skin.
Before attempting to do the work,
Wash exposed areas with soap be sure you are fully acquainted
and water or hand cleaner. with doing this job.
Have a repairer do this work if
you are not confident of
{ Warning completing the task safely. We
recommend an authorised
Adding too much oil can affect repairer.
7. If the oil level is below MIN, add
engine operation.
enough oil of the same grade as Otherwise, you could be injured
is currently in the engine to raise Do not allow oil to go above MAX or damage the vehicle.
the oil level to MAX. Do not fill mark on dipstick.
over MAX mark.
Overfilling reservoir can damage Engine oil looses its ability to
your vehicle by: lubricate when contaminated. Be
{ Warning Increasing oil consumption. sure to change your engine oil
Engine oil is an irritant and, according to maintenance schedule.
Fouling spark plugs.
if ingested, can cause illness or Be sure to replace the engine oil
death. Building excessive carbon filter each time you change
deposits in the engine. engine oil.
Keep out of reach of children.
(Continued) Under severe conditions, change oil
and oil filter more frequently than is
recommended in the standard
maintenance schedule.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-13
Severe conditions include, but are

not limited to: Warning (Continued) { Caution
. Frequent cold starts. keep this and other toxic Do not dispose of used engine oil
. Considerable travel in materials out of the reach of and filter with your household
stop-and-go traffic. children. waste.
. Frequent short trips. Engine oil can irritate the skin and See your local, authorised waste
can cause illness and even death management facility.
. Frequent driving when outside
temperature remains below if swallowed. Used engine oil and filter contain
freezing. harmful elements that may be
. Prolonged idling. unhealthy to you and threat to the
. Frequent low-speed driving. { Caution environment.
. Driving in dusty areas. Use of unauthorised or low quality

engine oil or chemical engine
Selecting the right engine oil
{ Warning treatments (additives) can
damage the engine.
Use and ask for engine oils with the
dexos certification mark. Oils
Engine oil and its containers can meeting the requirements of the
Consult a repairer before vehicle should have the dexos
be hazardous to your health. attempting to use additives. We certification mark on the container.
Avoid repeated or prolonged recommend that you consult an
contact with engine oil. authorised repairer. This certification mark indicates that
the oil has been approved to the
Clean your skin and nails with dexos specification.
soap and water, or hand cleaner
after handling engine oil. Also
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
10-14 Vehicle Care
grade, be sure to always select oil

Caution (Continued) that meets the required
specification.
to use the recommended engine
oil or equivalent can result in Engine oil life system
engine damage not covered by This vehicle has a computer system
the vehicle warranty. If you are that indicates when to change the
unsure whether the oil is engine oil and filter. This is based
approved to the dexos on engine revolutions, engine
specification, ask your service temperature and mileage. Based on
provider. driving conditions, the mileage at
which an oil change is indicated can
SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity vary considerably. For the oil life
grade for the vehicle. SAE 0W-30, system to work properly, the system
This vehicle was filled at the factory
0W-40, or 5W-40 can also be used. must be reset every time the oil is
with dexos-approved engine oil.
Do not use other viscosity oils such changed.
{ Caution as SAE 10W-30, 10W-40,
or 20W-50.
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished, it
Use only engine oil that is In an area of extreme cold, where indicates that an oil change is
approved to the dexos the temperature falls below -29C necessary. A change engine oil
specification or an equivalent (-20F), an SAE 0W-30 oil should lamp displays. Change the oil as
engine oil of the appropriate be used. An oil of this viscosity soon as possible within the next
viscosity grade. Engine oils grade will provide easier cold 1,000 km (600 miles). It is possible
approved to the dexos starting for the engine at extremely that, if driving under the best
specification will show the dexos low temperatures. When selecting conditions, the oil life system might
an oil of the appropriate viscosity indicate that an oil change is not
symbol on the container. Failure
necessary for up to a year. The
(Continued) engine oil and filter must be
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-15
changed at least once a year and, To reset the engine oil life system, Diesel engine
at this time, the system must be do one of the following: 1. Remove key from ignition switch
reset. Your dealer has trained . Using the scan tool. for more than one minute. Then
service people who will perform this turn on ignition key (do not start
work and reset the system. It is also Your authorised repairer will
reset the system using scan tool engine).
important to check the oil regularly
over the course of an oil drain after changing the engine oil. 2. Perform the following procedure:
interval and keep it at the proper Consult a repairer. 2.1. Press the accelerator pedal
level. . Using accelerator pedal to the floor and hold it on
If the system is ever reset the floor for 2 seconds.
Petrol engine
accidentally, the oil must be 2.2. Release the accelerator
changed at 5,000 km (3,000 miles) 1. Turn the ignition key to ON/ pedal and take your foot off
since the last oil change. START with the engine off. of the pedal for 2 seconds.
After you change the oil, the oil life 2. Fully press and release the 2.3. Repeat this sequence (1, 2)
monitor will need to be reset. See accelerator pedal three times two more times (for a total
an authorised repairer for service. within five seconds. of three times) within
How to Reset the Engine Oil Life 3. Turn the key to LOCK. one minute.
System If the change engine oil lamp comes If the change engine oil lamp comes
The engine oil life system calculates back on and stays on when you back on and stays on when you
when to change your engine oil and start your vehicle, the engine oil life start your vehicle, the engine oil life
filter based on vehicle use. Anytime system has not reset. Repeat the system has not reset. Repeat the
your oil is changed, reset the procedure. procedure.
system so it can calculate when the
next oil change is required.
crc - 7/17/14
10-16 Vehicle Care
Note: Use of the incorrect fluid may Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

{ Caution damage the vehicle. Always use the
fluid listed in Recommended Fluids
Remember to reset the engine oil and Lubricants.
life system whenever the engine
oil is changed. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-8.
Recommended engine oil and Manual Gearbox Fluid

maintenance schedule
It is not necessary to check the
Recommended engine oil manual gearbox fluid level. If you
See Recommended Fluids and have a problem e.g. leak, have it
Lubricants on page 11-8. remedied by a repairer.
Note: Use of the incorrect fluid may
Maintenance schedule
damage the vehicle. Always use the 1. Shake the air cleaner element to
See Scheduled Maintenance on fluid listed in Recommended Fluids remove surface dust.
page 11-2. and Lubricants.
2. Clean the inside of the air
Automatic Transmission cleaner housing.
Fluid 3. Cover the open filter housing
with a damp cloth while cleaning
It is not necessary to check the the element.
automatic transmission fluid level.
4. Clean air filter element by
If you have a problem e.g. leak, blowing compressed air through
have it remedied by a repairer. it in the direction opposite
normal airflow.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-17
Coolant level
{ Caution { Warning
The engine needs clean air to { Caution Never remove the coolant
operate properly. reservoir cap when the engine
Too low a coolant level can cause
Do not operate your vehicle and radiator are hot. It could
engine damage.
without the air cleaner element cause serious injury. The engine
installed. must be cool before opening the
cap. Carefully open the cap,
Driving without the air cleaner relieving the pressure slowly.
element properly installed can
damage your engine.
Fill up with a mixture of
demineralised water and anti-freeze
Engine Coolant approved for the vehicle. Install the
cap tightly. Have the anti-freeze
In countries with moderate climate concentration checked and have the
the coolant provides freeze cause of the coolant loss remedied
protection down to approx. -30C. by a repairer.
In countries with extremely cold Note: If the coolant level falls below
climate the coolant provides freeze the MIN mark, refill the radiator with
protection down to approx. -40C. 56:44 mix of de-mineralised water
When the engine is cool, the coolant
Maintain a sufficient concentration level should be between the MIN and correct antifreeze.
of anti-freeze. and MAX mark on the coolant In order to protect your vehicle in
reservoir. The level of coolant rises extremely cold weather, use mix of
{ Caution as the engine warms and drops
back as the engine cools.
48 percent water and 52 percent
antifreeze.
Only use approved anti-freeze.
crc - 7/17/14
10-18 Vehicle Care
Engine Overheating
{ Caution Caution (Continued)
If the engine coolant temperature
Plain water or the wrong mixture Coolant can irritate the skin and gauge pointer is in the red area, or if
can damage the cooling system. can cause illness or death if you have any other reason to
Do not use plain water, alcohol or swallowed. suspect the engine may be
overheating:
methanol anti-freeze in coolant
system. 1. Stop the vehicle.
The engine may overheat or even { Caution 2. Turn off the air conditioning.
catch fire. 3. Let the engine idle for a few
It is not needed to add coolant
more frequently than the minutes.
recommended interval. 4. Be sure the cooling fan is
{ Caution If you are adding coolant often, operating.
this may be a sign that your
Coolant can be hazardous
material. engine needs maintenance. { Warning
Avoid repeated or prolonged Contact a repairer for a check of If steam is visible, move away
contact with coolant. the cooling system. from vehicle until engine is cool.
Steam can cause serious burns.
Clean your skin and nails with
soap and water after coming in
contact with coolant. Note: Using A/C while driving up
long hills or in heavy traffic can
Keep out of reach of children. cause the engine overheating.
(Continued) If the fan is not operating and steam
is visible, perform the following:
1. Turn off engine.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-19
2. Move away from vehicle without 2. Radiator hoses. Power Steering Fluid
opening the bonnet. 3. Radiator connections.
3. Allow engine to cool. 4. Heater hoses.
4. When steam is no longer visible, 5. Heater hose connections.
carefully open bonnet.
6. Water pump.
5. Consult a repairer as soon as
possible. If you find a leak or other damage,
or if the coolant is still leaking,
If the fan is operating and steam is consult a repairer immediately.
not visible, perform the following:
1. Carefully open the bonnet. { Warning
2. Idle engine until cool.
Scalding hot coolant steam could
3. Check coolant level. be blown out under pressure, 1. Turn the ignition key to LOCK/
If the fan is operating, but engine which could cause serious injury. OFF and let the engine
temperature does not fall, perform Never remove the coolant compartment cool down.
the following: reservoir cap when engine and 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the
1. Stop the engine. radiator are hot. reservoir clean.
2. Carefully open the bonnet. 3. Unscrew the cap and pull it
3. Allow the engine to cool. straight up.
4. Check the coolant level. 4. Wipe the dipstick with a
clean rag.
If the coolant level is low, check for
leaks for following components: 5. Replace the cap and completely
tighten it.
1. Radiator.
crc - 7/17/14
10-20 Vehicle Care
6. Remove the cap again and look

at the fluid level on the dipstick. Caution (Continued) Warning (Continued)
Diesel & 3.0Petrol Do not allow contaminates to An engine fire can cause
When the engine is hot, the level contact the fluid side of the personal injuries and damage
should be at the hot MAX level. reservoir cap or from entering the your vehicle and other property.
reservoir.
When the engine is cold, the fluid
level should be between MIN and Washer Fluid
MAX on the dipstick.
2.4 Petrol { Caution
When the engine is hot, the level Do not operate vehicle without
should be in HOT range. the required amount of power
When the engine is cold, the fluid steering fluid.
level should be in COLD range on To do so can damage power
the dipstick. steering system of your vehicle,
leading to costly repairs.
{ Caution
Extremely small amounts of
contamination can cause steering { Warning
system damage and cause it to Fill with windscreen washer fluid
not work properly. An overflow of the fluid may
that contains anti-freeze.
cause the fluid to burn or
(Continued) discolour paintwork.
Do not overfill the reservoir.
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-21
To refill windscreen washer fluid

reservoir:
. Use only commercially available
ready-to-use washer fluid for that
purpose.
. Do not use tap water. Minerals
present in tap water may plug
the windscreen washer lines.
. If air temperature is likely to go
below freezing, use windscreen
washer fluid which has sufficient
anti-freezing property. <Brake fluid>
<Clutch fluid>
Brake Fluid
The brake/clutch fluid level must be
Brake and clutch fluid between the MIN and the MAX
marks.
{ Warning When filling up, ensure maximum
cleanliness as contamination of the
Brake/clutch fluid is poisonous
brake fluid can lead to brake system
and corrosive. Avoid contact with
malfunctions. Have the cause of the
eyes, skin, fabrics and painted loss of brake fluid remedied by a
surfaces. repairer.
Only use brake fluid approved for
the vehicle.
crc - 7/17/14
10-22 Vehicle Care
See "Brake Fluid" under

Recommended Fluids and { Caution { Caution
Lubricants on page 11-8.
An overflow of brake/clutch fluid Brake fluid is harsh and can
on the engine may cause the fluid irritate skin and eyes.
{ Caution to burn. Do not allow the brake/clutch fluid
Make sure you thoroughly clean Do not overfill the reservoir. to contact your skin or eyes. If it
around the brake/clutch fluid does, immediately wash the
An engine fire can cause
reservoir cap before removing affected area thoroughly with
personal injuries and damage
the cap. soap and water, or hand cleaner.
your vehicle and other property.
Contamination of the brake/clutch
fluid system can affect system Battery
performance, leading to costly
repairs. { Caution Battery
Do not dispose of used brake/ Vehicles without stop-start system
clutch fluid with your household will be equipped with a lead acid
{ Caution waste. battery. Vehicles with stop-start
system will be equipped with an
Use your local, authorised waste AGM battery which has higher
Using brake fluid other than GM
management facility. performance than lead acid battery.
recommended brake fluid may
cause corrosion to components of Used brake/clutch fluid and their Replacing the battery
brake system. Corrosion may containers are hazardous. They
make the brake system not work can damage your health and the Note: Any deviation from the
well and could cause a crash. environment. instructions given in this paragraph
may lead to a temporary
deactivation of the stop start
system. Only use batteries that
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-23
allow the fuse box to be mounted Ensure the ignition is switched off
. The battery contains sulphuric
above the battery. In vehicles with before connecting or disconnecting acid which could cause
stop-start system, ensure to have the vehicle battery. blindness or serious burn
the AGM (Absorbent Glass Mat) injuries.
See Battery Power Protection on
battery replaced with an AGM page 6-9.
. See the Owner's Manual for
battery again. An AGM battery can further information.
be identified by the label on the
battery. We recommend the use of
. Explosive gas may be present in
an original GM battery. the vicinity of the battery.
Note: Using an AGM battery

different from the original GM
{ Warning
battery might result in a lower Keep smoking materials away
performance of the stop start from a battery to avoid flames or
system. We recommend that you sparks when the battery is
have the battery replaced by your checked because the explosive
authorised repairer.
gas could be occurred.
The vehicle battery is
If the battery explodes, it can be
maintenance free.
result in damages of your vehicle
Batteries do not belong in Meaning of symbols: and serious injury or death.
household waste. They must be . No sparks, naked flames or
disposed of at an appropriate Avoid skin contact with battery
smoking.
recycling collection point. acid because it can damage by
. Always shield eyes. Explosive contained highly corrosive and
Laying up the vehicle for more than gases can cause blindness or toxic sulphuric acid.
4 weeks can lead to battery injury.
discharge. Disconnect the clamp (Continued)
from the negative terminal of the
. Keep the battery out of reach of
vehicle battery. children.
crc - 7/17/14
10-24 Vehicle Care
driving conditions and may take

Warning (Continued) more than 15 minutes. The emission Warning (Continued)
of smells and smoke during this
If you accidentally get it on your process is normal. Things that can burn could touch
skin, flush the place with water hot exhaust parts under your
and get medical help immediately. Under certain driving conditions, vehicle and ignite. Do not place
e.g. short distances, the system your vehicle over papers, leaves,
Keep batteries out of the reach of cannot clean itself automatically.
children because it contains dry grass or other things that
sulphuric acid and gas. If the filter requires cleaning or can burn.
previous driving conditions did not
Do not allow battery acid to Turn the ignition OFF as soon as
enable automatic cleaning, DPF
contact your skin, eyes, clothing your vehicle enters a garage.
indicator illuminates or flashes. The
or paint. indicator will go off the self-cleaning Do not go near the hot exhaust
operation is complete. parts including exhaust tail pipe.
Do not open and tilt the battery.
Stopping the journey or switching off
the engine during cleaning is not Wiper Blade Replacement
Diesel Fuel Filter recommended.
Properly functioning windscreen
Diesel Particle Filter
The diesel particle filter system
{ Warning wipers are essential for clear vision
and safe driving. Regularly check
filters harmful soot particles out of Be sure the following precautions the condition of the wiper blades.
the exhaust gases. The system are taken because the exhaust Replace hard, brittle or cracked
includes a self-cleaning function that parts are raised to high blades or those that smear dirt on
runs automatically during driving. temperature during regeneration the windscreen.
The filter is cleaned by burning off of DPF. Foreign material on the windscreen
the soot particles at high or wiper blades can reduce the
temperature. This process takes (Continued)
effectiveness of the wipers. If the
place automatically under set blades are not wiping properly,
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-25
clean both the windscreen and the Replacing wiper blades Bulb Replacement
blades with a good cleaner or mild
detergent. Rinse them thoroughly Switch off the ignition and switch off
with water. the relevant switch or close the
doors.
Repeat the process, if necessary.
There is no way to remove traces of Only hold a new bulb at the base!
silicone from glass. Therefore never Do not touch the bulb glass with
apply silicone polish or wax polish bare hands.
to your vehicle's windscreen or you Use only the same bulb type for
will get streak, blade chatter or replacement.
blade noise that impairs the driver's
vision. Replace headlamp bulbs from within
the engine compartment.
Do not use solvents, petrol,
kerosene, or paint thinner to clean Note: After driving in heavy rain or
wipers. These are harsh and can 1. Press and hold the wiper blade washing, some exterior lamp lenses
damage the blades and painted retaining clip. could appear frosty.
surfaces. 2. Pull the wiper blade off the This condition is caused by the
wiper arm. temperature difference between the
3. Install a new wiper blade onto lamp inside and outside.
the arm. This is similar to the condensation
on your windows inside your vehicle
during rain and doesn't indicate a
problem with your vehicle.
If the water leaks into the light bulb
circuitry, have the vehicle checked,
we recommend an authorised
repairer.
crc - 7/17/14
10-26 Vehicle Care
Headlamps and Parking 6. Release the spring that retains 2. Remove the headlamp
the bulb. assembly.
Lamps
7. Remove the bulb. 3. Remove the headlamp cap.
Dipped beam and main beam
8. Install the proper replacement 4. Pull out the bulb holder located
headlamp bulb. next to the headlamp high bulb.
9. Reinstall the bulb retaining 5. Remove the bulb by pulling it
spring. straight out of the bulb holder.
10. Replace the headlamp cap. 6. Install a new bulb.
11. Connect the wiring harness 7. Replace the headlamp cap in
connector. reverse order.
Parking lamps Fog lamps
Have bulbs replaced by a repairer.
1. Open the bonnet.

2. Remove the fastener plugs that
hold the radiator upper cover.
3. Remove the radiator upper
cover.
4. Remove three bolts and
headlamp assembly.
5. Remove the headlamp cap.
1. Open the bonnet.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-27
Front Indicator Lamps 7. Install a new bulb into the holder 3. Remove two screws and the
by pressing it in and rotating it lamp assembly.
clockwise. 4. Remove the bulb holder by
8. Install the holder into the lamp rotating it anti-clockwise.
housing by rotating it clockwise. 5. Remove the bulb from the holder
9. Reinstall the headlamp by pressing the bulb and rotating
assembly. it anti-clockwise.
6. Insert a correct replacement bulb
Tail lamps, Indicator, into the bulb holder.
Brake lamps, and 7. Replace the bulb holder into the
Reversing Lamps lamp housing. Twist the bulb
holder clockwise to secure.
8. Replace the lamp housing into
1. Open the bonnet.
the vehicle using the two screws
2. Remove the headlamp removed earlier.
assembly.
9. Close the tailgate.
3. Disconnect the wiring harness
connector from the bulb holder. Tail lamps and brake
lamps (LED)
4. Rotate the front indicator bulb
holder anti-clockwise. Have them inspected and replaced
by a repairer.
5. Pull the front indicator bulb
holder out of the lamp housing.
6. Press the bulb inward and rotate 1. Open the tailgate.
it anti-clockwise to remove it
from the bulb holder. 2. Remove the both covers.
crc - 7/17/14
10-28 Vehicle Care
Side Indicator Lamps Number Plate Lamp Interior Lamps

If the side indicator lamp in the Courtesy lamps
outside rearview mirror is not
operating, have it checked by 1. To remove, prise the opposite
repairer. side of the lamp switch using a
flat-blade screwdriver. (Be
careful not to make scratches.)
Centre High-Mounted
Brake lamp (CHMBL) 2. Remove the bulb.
If the CHMSL is not operating, have 3. Replace the bulb.

it checked by repairer. 4. Reinstall the lamp assembly.
Rear Fog Lamps

Have LED lamp replaced by a 1. Remove two screws and the
repairer. lamp cover.
2. To remove the bulb holder from
the lamp housing, rotate the bulb
holder anti-clockwise.
3. Pull the bulb out from the bulb
holder.
4. Replace the bulb.
5. Install the bulb holder into the
lamp housing by rotating the
bulb holder clockwise.
6. Replace the lamp covers.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-29
Electrical System When inspecting the fuse box, refer

to the fuse box label.
Fuses Fuse extractor
Data on the replacement fuse must A fuse extractor may be located in
match the data on the the fuse box in the engine
defective fuse. compartment.
In a box above the positive terminal Place the fuse extractor on the
of the battery are some main fuses. various types of fuse from the top or
If necessary have them changed by side, and withdraw fuse.
a repairer.
Fuse block
Before replacing a fuse, turn off the 2. Engine room fuse block is next
respective switch and the ignition. to the coolant reservoir.
A blown fuse can be recognised by
its melted wire. Do not replace the
fuse until the cause of the fault has
been remedied.
Some functions are protected by
several fuses.
Fuses may also be inserted without
existence of a function.
Note: Not all fuse box descriptions
in this manual may apply to your
vehicle. 1. Interior fuse block is located in
the left side of the front
passenger foot well.
crc - 7/17/14
10-30 Vehicle Care
3. Auxiliary engine room fuse block

(Diesel only) is located in the
centre of the front panel.
Note: Not all fuse block
descriptions in this manual may be
applicable to your vehicle. It is
accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse box on
your vehicle, refer to the fuse box
label.
Notice: USE THE DESIGNED
FUSE ONLY
* : optional equipment
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-31
Interior fuse block

crc - 7/17/14
10-32 Vehicle Care
Engine compartment fuse block

crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-33
Auxiliary engine compartment fuse block (Diesel only)

crc - 7/17/14
10-34 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Tools { Warning

Removing the jack and tools
Tools Always store jack, spare tyre,

other tools and equipment
securely in their correct location.
Do not store jack, spare tyre,
or other equipment in passenger
compartment.
In the event of a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment can be
thrown around inside your vehicle
and cause personal injuries
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Pull up the floor cover and locate
the wing-bolt.
Your spare tyre, jack and tools are
secured in the luggage 3. Remove the wing-bolt from the
compartment and below the rear jack by rotating it anti-clockwise.
bumper. 4. Remove the jack and tool bag.
In some models, jack handle type is 5. Remove the straps holding the
applied to the vehicle. bag containing the tool. Then
The actual tools in the vehicle may remove the wheel wrench and
differ from the description. jack handle from the bag.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-35
Removing the spare tyre Note: To eliminate the possibility of Wheels and Tyres
the jack and tools rattling while the
car is moving, stow them securely Tyre condition, wheel
under the floor covering. condition
Jack specification Drive over edges slowly and at right
Maximum working load : 900 kg angles if possible. Driving over
sharp edges can cause tyre and
wheel damage. Do not trap tyres on
{ Warning the kerb when parking.
We designed the jack for use on Regularly check the wheels for
your vehicle only. damage. Seek the assistance of a
repairer in the event of damage or
Do not use jack provided with
unusual wear.
your vehicle on other vehicles.
1. Use a flat-blade screwdriver to
pry off the whole cover above Never exceed the jack's Winter Tyres
the rear bumper. maximum permissible load.
Winter tyres improve driving safety
2. Use the supplied wheel wrench Use of this jack on other vehicles at temperatures below 7C and
to loosen a bolt to fix a may damage the other vehicles or should therefore be fitted on all
spare tyre. your jack and lead to personal wheels.
3. Unhook the cable on the tyre injury.
carrier which is located below Tyre Designations
the rear bumper. E.g. 215/60 R 16 95 H
4. Remove the spare tyre from the 215: Tyre width, mm
tyre carrier.
60: Cross-section ratio (tyre height
to tyre width), %
crc - 7/17/14
10-36 Vehicle Care
R: Belt type: Radial

RF: Type: RunFlat
16: Wheel diameter, inches
95: Load index e.g. 95 is equivalent
to 690 kg
H: Speed code letter
Speed code letter:
Q: up to 160 km/h (100 mph)
S: up to 180 km/h (112 mph)
T: up to 190 km/h (118 mph) Tyre pressures label is on the Note: Check inflation pressure
driver's door frame. when tyres are cold. Warm tyres
H: up to 210 km/h (130 mph)
produce inaccurate readings. Tyres
V: up to 240 km/h (150 mph) The tyre pressure data refers to cold can become warm after you have
tyres. It applies to summer and driven more than one mile (1.6km)
W: up to 270 km/h (168 mph) winter tyres. and stay warm for up to three hours
Always inflate the spare tyre to the after vehicle has been sitting.
Tyre Pressure
pressure specified for full load.
Check the pressure of cold tyres at
least every 14 days and before any
Incorrect tyre pressures will impair { Warning
safety, vehicle handling, comfort and
long journey. Do not forget the If the pressure is too low, this can
fuel economy and will increase
spare wheel. result in considerable tyre
tyre wear.
Unscrew the valve cap. warmup and internal damage,
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-37
Warning (Continued)
Tread Depth If there is more wear at the front
than the rear, swap round front
Check tread depth at regular wheels and rear wheels. Ensure
leading to tread separation and intervals. that the direction of rotation of the
even to tyre blow-out at high wheels is the same as before.
Tyres should be replaced for safety
speeds.
reasons at a tread depth of 2-3 mm Tyres age, even if they are not
(4 mm for winter tyres). used. We recommend tyre
Tyre Pressure Monitor replacement every 6 years.
System
Tyre Rotation
The tyre pressure monitoring
system checks the pressure of all Tyres are rotated to achieve a more
four wheels once per minute when uniform wear for all tyres. The first
vehicle speed exceeds a certain rotation is the most important.
limit. Any time unusual wear is noticed,
All wheels must be equipped with rotate the tyres as soon as possible
pressure sensors and the tyres and check the wheel alignment.
must have the prescribed pressure. Also check for damaged tyres or
If wheels without sensors are wheels.
mounted, the tyre pressure
monitoring system is not The legally permissible minimum
operational. Retrofitting of sensors tread depth (1.6 mm) has been
is possible. reached when the tread has worn
down as far as one of the tread
wear indicators (TWI). Their position
is indicated by markings on the
sidewall.
crc - 7/17/14
10-38 Vehicle Care
Different Size Tyres and

{ Warning Wheels
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the If tyres of a different size than those
parts to which it is fastened, can fitted at the factory are used, it may
make wheel nuts become loose be necessary to reprogram the
after time. The wheel could come speedometer as well as the nominal
off and cause an accident. When tyre pressure and make other
changing a wheel, remove any vehicle modifications.
rust or dirt from places where the
After converting to a different tyre
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
size, have the label with tyre
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
pressures replaced.
towel can be used; however, use
When rotating the tyres, always use
a scraper or wire brush later to
the correct rotation pattern shown
here. Do not include the spare tyre remove all rust or dirt. { Warning
in the tyre rotation. Adjust the front Use of unsuitable tyres or wheels
and rear tyres to the recommended Lightly coat the centre of the wheel may lead to accidents and will
inflation pressure on the Tyre and hub with wheel bearing grease after invalidate the vehicle type
Loading Information label after the a wheel change or tyre rotation to approval.
tyres have been rotated. prevent corrosion or rust build-up.
Reset the Tyre Pressure Monitor Do not get grease on the flat wheel
System. mounting surface or on the wheel
nuts or bolts.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-39
If the wheel covers and tyres used way you drive and the amount of
{ Warning are not factory approved, the tyres passengers and cargo you carry
must not have a rim protection with you. GM recommends that you
Do not use different size and type ridge. drive your new vehicle at least 800
of tyres and wheels than those kilometres before evaluating your
originally installed on the vehicle. Wheel covers must not impair brake
cooling. vehicle for steering pull. Some slight
It can affect safety and pull to the left or right, depending on
performance of the vehicle. the crown of the road and/or other
It could lead to handling failure or { Warning road surface variations such as
rollover and serious injury. When troughs or ruts, is normal. So,
replacing tyres, be sure to install Use of unsuitable tyres or wheel
consider requesting an alignment
all four tyres and wheels of the covers could lead to sudden check only if the vehicle is
same size, type, tread, brand and pressure loss and thereby significantly pulling to one side or
load-carrying capacity. The use of accidents. the other, or if you notice unusual
any other tyre size or type may tyre wear. If the vehicle is vibrating
seriously affect ride, handling, Wheel Alignment and when driving on a smooth road, the
ground clearance, stopping tyres and wheels may need to be
distance, body clearance and
Tyre Balance re-balanced. See your dealer for
speedometer reliability. The tyres and wheels were aligned proper diagnosis.
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tyre life and best
Wheel Covers overall performance. Adjustments to
Wheel covers and tyres that are wheel alignment and tyre balancing
factory approved for the respective are not necessary on a regular
vehicle and comply with all of the basis. Also, your vehicle's
relevant wheel and tyre combination suspension and steering systems
requirements must be used. need some time to settle from the
shipping process, and adjust to the
crc - 7/17/14
10-40 Vehicle Care
Tyre Chains Tyre Repair Kit

{ Caution
Storing the tyre sealant and
Use of snow chains could compressor kit
adversely affect vehicle handling.
To access the tyre sealant and
Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) compressor kit:
or the chain manufacturer's
recommended speed limit,
whichever is lower.
Avoid sharp turns, bumps and
holes.
Avoid locked-wheel braking.
1. Open the tailgate.
Before fitting chains, remove wheel Note: SAE class S-type chains are
2. Lift the cover.
covers to avoid scratching them. the proper type for your vehicle.
3. Remove the tyre sealant and
. Follow the chain manufacturer's Always drive slowly when you are
compressor kit.
instructions. using tyre chains.
To store the tyre sealant and
. Only use tyre chains on the front If you hear the chains contacting the
compressor kit, reverse the steps.
tyre of 16 inch size. Do not use vehicle, stop and re-tighten the
chains on the other tyre size. chains.
. Re-tighten the chains after If the contact continues, slow down
{ Warning
driving about 0.5 mile until it stops. Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
(about 1.0km) area with poor ventilation is
dangerous. Engine exhaust may
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-41
If the tyre has been separated from

Warning (Continued) { Warning the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
or has a large puncture, the tyre is
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust Storing the tyre sealant and too severely damaged for the tyre
contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) compressor kit or other sealant and compressor kit to be
which cannot be seen or smelled. equipment in the passenger effective.
It can cause unconsciousness compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or Read and follow all of the tyre
and even death. Never run the sealant and compressor kit
engine in an enclosed area that collision, loose equipment could
instructions.
has no fresh air ventilation. strike someone. Store the tyre
sealant and compressor kit in its The kit includes:
original location.
{ Warning If this vehicle has a tyre sealant and

Overinflating a tyre could cause compressor kit, there may not be a
spare tyre, tyre changing
the tyre to rupture and you or
equipment, and on some vehicles
others could be injured. Be sure
there may not be a place to store
to read and follow the tyre sealant a tyre.
and compressor kit instructions
and inflate the tyre to its The tyre sealant and compressor
recommended pressure. Do not can be used to temporarily seal
exceed the recommended punctures up to 6 mm (1/4 in) in the
pressure. tread area of the tyre. It can also be
used to inflate an under 1. Pressure Gauge
inflated tyre.
2. Pressure Deflation Button
(White)
3. Selector Switch
crc - 7/17/14
10-42 Vehicle Care
4. On/Off Button (Orange) Check the tyre sealant expiration Do not remove any objects that
5. Tyre Sealant Canister date on the sealant canister. The have penetrated the tyre.
sealant canister should be replaced
6. Air Only Hose (Black Hose/ before its expiration date.
White Tip)
Replacement sealant canisters are
available at your local dealer.
There is only enough sealant to seal
one tyre. After usage, the sealant
canister and sealant/air hose
assembly must be replaced.
Using the tyre sealant and
compressor kit to temporarily
seal and inflate a
punctured tyre
1. Remove the tyre sealant and
When using the tyre sealant and compressor kit from its storage
compressor kit during cold location.
7. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear Hose/ temperatures, warm the kit in a
Orange Tip) 2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (7)
heated environment for five minutes.
and the power plug (8).
8. Power Plug This will help to inflate the tyre
3. Place the kit on the ground.
faster.
Tyre sealant Make sure the tyre valve stem
If a tyre goes flat, avoid further tyre
Read and follow the safe handling is positioned close to the ground
and wheel damage by driving slowly
instructions on the label adhered to so the hose will reach it.
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
the sealant canister. warning flashers. 4. Remove the valve stem cap from
the flat tyre by turning it
anti-clockwise.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-43
10. Inflate the tyre to the

recommended inflation
pressure using the pressure
gauge (1). The recommended
inflation pressure can be found
on the Tyre and Loading
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle Information label.
must be running while using the The pressure gauge (1) may
air compressor. read higher than the actual tyre
8. Turn the selector switch (3) pressure while the compressor
anti-clockwise to the Sealant + is on. Turn the compressor off
Air position. to get an accurate pressure
5. Attach the sealant/air hose (7) reading. The compressor may
onto the tyre valve stem. Turn it 9. Press the on/off (4) button to be turned on/off until the
clockwise until it is tight. turn the tyre sealant and correct pressure is reached.
compressor kit on.
6. Plug the power plug (8) into the
accessory power outlet in the The compressor will inject { Caution
vehicle. Unplug all items from sealant and air into the tyre.
other accessory power outlets. If the recommended pressure
The pressure gauge (1) will
cannot be reached after
If the vehicle has an accessory initially show a high pressure
while the compressor pushes the approximately 25 minutes, the
power outlet, do not use the
sealant into the tyre. Once the vehicle should not be driven
cigarette lighter.
sealant is completely dispersed farther. The tyre is too severely
If the vehicle only has a cigarette into the tyre, the pressure will damaged and the tyre sealant
lighter, use the cigarette lighter. quickly drop and start to rise and compressor kit cannot inflate
Do not pinch the power plug again as the tyre inflates with the tyre. Remove the power plug
cord in the door or window. air only. (Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
10-44 Vehicle Care
14. Replace the tyre valve 19. Stop at a safe location and
Caution (Continued) stem cap. check the tyre pressure. Refer
15. Replace the sealant/air hose to Steps 1 through 11 under
from the accessory power outlet "Using the Tyre Sealant and
and unscrew the inflating hose (7), and the power plug (8)
back in their original location. Compressor Kit without Sealant
from the tyre valve. to Inflate a Tyre (Not
Punctured)."
11. Press the on/off button (4) to If the tyre pressure has fallen
turn the tyre sealant and more than 68 kPa (10 psi)
compressor kit off. below the recommended
The tyre is not sealed and will inflation pressure, stop driving
continue to leak air until the the vehicle. The tyre is too
vehicle is driven and the 16. If the flat tyre was able to severely damaged and the tyre
sealant is distributed in the inflate to the recommended sealant cannot seal the tyre.
tyre, therefore, Steps 12 to inflation pressure, remove the If the tyre pressure has not
18 must be done immediately maximum speed label from the dropped more than 68 kPa
after Step 11. sealant canister (5) and place it (10 psi) from the recommended
in a highly visible location. inflation pressure, inflate the
Be careful while handling the
tyre sealant and compressor kit Do not exceed the speed on tyre to the recommended
as it could be warm after this label until the damaged inflation pressure.
usage. tyre is repaired or replaced. 20. Wipe off any sealant from the
12. Unplug the power plug (8) from 17. Return the equipment to its wheel, tyre or vehicle.
the accessory power outlet in original storage location in the 21. Dispose of the used sealant
the vehicle. vehicle. canister (5) and sealant/air
13. Turn the sealant/air hose (7) 18. Immediately drive the vehicle hose (7) assembly at a local
anti-clockwise to remove it 8 km (5 miles) to distribute the dealer or in accordance with
from the tyre valve stem. sealant in the tyre. local regulations and practices.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-45
22. Replace it with a new canister Using the tyre sealant and 2. Unwrap the air only hose (6) and
available from your dealer. compressor kit without sealant the power plug (8).
23. After temporarily sealing a tyre inflate a tyre (not punctured)
using the tyre sealant and To use the air compressor to inflate
compressor kit, take the a tyre with air only and not sealant:
vehicle to an authorised dealer
within a 161 km (100 miles) of
driving to have the tyre
repaired or replaced.
3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tyre valve stem
is positioned close to the ground
so the hose will reach it.
If a tyre goes flat, avoid further tyre
and wheel damage by driving slowly 4. Remove the tyre valve stem cap
to a level place. Turn on the hazard by turning it anti-clockwise.
warning flashers. 5. Attach the air only hose (6) onto
1. Remove the tyre sealant and the tyre valve stem and turn it
compressor kit from its storage clockwise until tight.
location.
crc - 7/17/14
10-46 Vehicle Care
6. Plug the power plug (8) into the The pressure gauge (1) may
accessory power outlet in the read higher than the actual tyre
vehicle. Unplug all items from pressure while the compressor
other accessory power outlets. is on. Turn the compressor off
If the vehicle has an accessory to get an accurate reading. The
power outlet, do not use the compressor may be turned on/
cigarette lighter. off until the correct pressure is
reached.
If the vehicle only has a
cigarette lighter, use the If you inflate the tyre higher
cigarette lighter. than the recommended
pressure you can adjust the
Do not pinch the power plug excess pressure by pressing
cord in the door or window. 10. Inflate the tyre to the the pressure deflation
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle recommended inflation button (4) until the proper
must be running while using the pressure using the pressure pressure reading is reached.
air compressor. gauge (1). The recommended
This option is only functional
inflation pressure can be found
8. Turn the selector switch (3) when using the air only
on the Tyre and Loading
clockwise to the Air Only hose (6).
Information label.
position. 11. Press the on/off button (4) to
9. Press the on/off (4) button to turn the tyre sealant and
turn the compressor on. compressor kit off.
The compressor will inflate the Be careful while handling the
tyre with air only. tyre sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
usage.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-47
12. Unplug the power plug (8) from The tyre sealant and compressor kit 4. Replace with a new canister
the accessory power outlet in has an accessory adapter located in which is available from your
the vehicle. a compartment on the bottom of its dealer.
13. Disconnect the air only hose housing that may be used to inflate 5. Attach the hose to the canister
(6) from the tyre valve stem, by air mattresses, balls, etc. and tighten.
turning it anti-clockwise, and Removal and installation of the 6. Slide the new canister into
replace the tyre valve sealant canister place. Make sure it sits in the
stem cap. compressor housing socket.
To remove the sealant canister:
14. Replace the air only hose (6) 7. Replace both hoses to their
and the power plug (8) back in original location.
its original location.
15. Place the equipment in the Tyre Changing
original storage location in the
vehicle. Mixing tyres could cause you to lose
control while driving.
If you mix tyres of different sizes,
brands, or types (radial and
bias-belted tyres), the vehicle may
not handle properly, and you could
have a crash. Using tyres of
different sizes, brands, or types may
1. Unwrap both hoses. also cause damage to your vehicle.
Be sure to use the correct size,
2. Slide the canister away from the brand, and type of tyres on all
compressor housing. wheels.
3. Unscrew the hose connected to
the canister.
crc - 7/17/14
10-48 Vehicle Care
Some vehicles are equipped with a

. Have all passengers get out of
tyre repair kit instead of a spare the vehicle. { Warning
wheel. . Remove the spare wheel. We designed the jack for use on
See Tyre Repair Kit on page 10-40. . Never change more than one your vehicle only.
Make the following preparations and wheel at once.
Do not use jack provided with
observe the following information: . Use the jack only to change your vehicle on other vehicles.
. Pull your vehicle over to a safe wheels in case of puncture, not
for seasonal winter or summer Never exceed the jack's
place away from traffic. maximum permissible load.
tyre change.
. Park the vehicle on a level, firm
. If the ground on which the Use of this jack on other vehicles
and non-skid surface. The front
vehicle is standing is soft, a solid may damage the other vehicles or
wheels must be in the
straight-ahead position. board (max. 1cm (0.4 inches) your jack and lead to personal
thick) should be placed under injury.
. Apply the parking brake. the jack.
For manual gearbox, engage . No people or animals may be in How to change a flat tyre
first gear or reverse gear. the vehicle when it is jacked-up. 1. Remove the jack, wheel
For automatic transmission, . Never crawl under a jacked-up wrench, jack handle and spare
engage P position. vehicle. tyre from the storage in the
. Turn off the engine and luggage compartment and below
. Do not start the vehicle when it
remove key. the rear bumper.
is raised on the jack.
. Turn on the hazard lights. 2. Use the wheel wrench to loosen
. Clean wheel nuts and thread
the wheel nuts by one turn each.
. Use a wedge, block of wood, before mounting the wheel.
or rocks in front of and behind
the tyre that is diagonal from the
tyre you plan to change.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-49
5. Locate the jack according to the

{ Caution figure below. There is a notch at { Caution
the front and rear of the vehicle
Do not remove any of the nuts under the doors. Do not attempt to raise vehicle
until you have raised the wheel until the jack is in the proper
off the ground. position, and secure both to the
vehicle and the ground.
6. Place the jack vertically at the

front or the rear jacking notch
next to the wheel you plan to
3. Insert the jack handle and the change.
wheel wrench into the jack. 7. Raise vehicle by rotating wheel
4. Rotate the wheel wrench wrench or jack handle clockwise
clockwise to raise the lift head until lifting head fits firmly into
slightly. appropriate notch and tyre is off
the ground about
1 inch (2.5 cm).
crc - 7/17/14
10-50 Vehicle Care
11. Reinstall the wheel nuts.

{ Caution { Caution Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
As the jack begins to raise the Never use oil or grease on the hub.
vehicle, make sure jack is wheel nuts.
properly placed so it will not slip. 12. Rotate wheel wrench or jack
Always use correct wheel nuts. handle anti-clockwise and
As soon as possible, take your lower vehicle to the ground.
Note: Do not raise vehicle more car to a repairer and have the
than is necessary to change wheel. 13. Tighten wheel nuts firmly to
wheel nuts tightened according to 92 lb-ft (125 Nm) in a diagonal
specifications. sequence. 12345
{ Warning If tightened incorrectly, the nuts (See fig. below)
Never get under car or start or might come loose.
run the engine while car is { Warning
supported by a jack.
Make sure to use the correct nuts
Vehicle may slip off the jack or bolts tightened to the proper
resulting in serious injury or torque.
death.
Incorrect wheel nuts or bolts or
improperly tightened wheel nuts
8. Remove wheel nuts completely or bolts can cause the wheel to
by turning anti-clockwise. come loose and even come off.
9. Remove tyre and wheel. This could lead to an accident.
10. Mount spare tyre on the
wheel hub.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-51
14. Hang the tyre carrier on the

support rod and tighten the bolt Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)
in the hole above the rear
bumper to 4.4 lb-ft (6 Nm) to In a sudden stop or collision, . Do not go under a jacked-up
raise the tyre carrier. loose equipment can be thrown vehicle.
around the vehicle and cause . Do not start vehicle while
15. Hook the cable and reinstall personal injuries.
the hole cover in its original jacked-up.
position. . Before jacking, get all
Note: The compact spare tyre is for passengers out of the vehicle
16. Secure the jack and tools in short term use only.
their original position and the and clear of vehicle and other
flat tyre in the luggage Consult a repairer to replace the traffic.
compartment. spare tyre with a regular tyre as . Use jack only for changing
soon as possible. wheels.
{ Caution . Do not jack the vehicle on an
{ Caution inclined or slippery surface.
Do not store the flat tyre in the
position below the rear bumper When using the jack, the vehicle . Use jacking position nearest
where the spare tyre was. The flat could become unstable and to the wheel requiring
tyre can come off the position. move, damaging the vehicle and changing.
causing personal injury. . Block wheel diagonally
. Use jack supplied at correct opposite the wheel to be
jacking position. changed.
{ Warning (Continued)
. When installing the jack for
Do not store the jack and tools in lifting the vehicle, it should be
the passenger compartment. perpendicular to the ground.
(Continued) (Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
10-52 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued) Jump Starting Warning (Continued)

. Before jacking, ensure
parking brake is on and the
{ Caution . Do not lean over battery while
jump starting vehicle.
transaxle is set in 1st or Do not try to start vehicle by . Do not allow cable terminals
reverse gear (M/T) or P (A/T). pushing or pulling it. to touch each other.
. Do not jack the vehicle and This can damage catalytic . Wear eye protection when
change the wheel where converter and automatic working near any battery.
traffic is close. transaxle, and may cause
personal injury.
. Do not allow battery fluid to
contact eyes, skin, fabric,
or painted surfaces.
{ Caution You can start vehicle that has a . Make sure battery providing
discharged battery by transferring
Call a garage or motoring service jump start has the same
electrical power to it from a battery
for assistance where conditions voltage as the battery
in another vehicle.
are not satisfactory for jacking the receiving the jump.
car or if you are not confident of
completing the task safely.
{ Warning . Do not disconnect discharged
battery from vehicle.
Batteries can explode. You could Failure to follow these
be burnt by battery acid and precautions or the following
electrical short could injure you or instructions for starting an engine
damage the vehicles. with jump leads can cause battery
. Do not expose battery to (Continued)
flames or sparks.
(Continued)
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-53
1. Connect one end of the first

Warning (Continued) { Warning jump lead to the positive
terminal of the battery providing
to explode, resulting in burns from Always route jump leads so they the jump start (identified by "+"
battery acid, or electrical short cannot catch on rotating parts in sign on the battery case or
circuit. the engine compartment. terminal).
This can create damage to Otherwise you may damage 2. Connect the other end of this
electrical systems in both vehicle and cause serious injury. same jump lead to the positive
vehicles, and cause serious terminal of the discharged
personal injury. Attaching jump leads battery ("+" sign).
To jump start your vehicle, connect 3. Connect the first end of the other
Before jump starting the jump leads in the following jump lead to the negative
1. Apply parking brake. order: terminal of the battery providing
the jump start (identified by "-"
2. For a vehicle with automatic sign on the battery case or
transaxle, shift to PARK, and for terminal).
manual transaxle, shift to
NEUTRAL.
{ Warning
3. Switch off all electrical
accessories. Last connection to the vehicle to
be charged should NOT be made
{ Caution to the negative (-) battery
terminal.
Turn audio system off before jump (Continued)
starting your vehicle. Otherwise
you may damage audio system.
crc - 7/17/14
10-54 Vehicle Care
Once the previously discharged Towing the Vehicle

Warning (Continued) vehicle is running:
If you need to have your vehicle
Attach the clamp for this last 1. Carefully disconnect the ground
towed, please use our service
connection to a steel bracket connection (-). Begin with the
network or professional towing
bolted to the engine block. vehicle with the discharged
company.
battery. Leave the discharged
This last connection should be as vehicle running.
far away from the battery as
possible. 2. Disconnect the negative lead
from vehicle providing the jump.
Connecting the jump lead to the
3. Disconnect the "+" lead from
negative terminal of the
both batteries. Store the jump
discharged battery could result in leads with the spare tyre.
arcing and possibly a battery
explosion. 4. Operate the discharged vehicle
for approximately 20 minutes.
Serious personal injury or vehicle This will allow the charging
damage can result. system to recharge your battery.
5. If this discharge condition
4. Connect the other end of the reoccurs, consult a repairer.
second jump lead to ground on The best method is to have the
the other vehicle, such as a vehicle transported using a recovery
steel bracket bolted to the vehicle.
engine block.
5. The engine of the vehicle
providing the jump start can be
allowed to run during the jump
start.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-55
Towing the vehicle with all

wheel drive system
{ Caution
If you tow the vehicle equipped
Flat-bed equipment is the best with the all wheel drive (AWD)
method of towing the vehicle to be system while front or rear tyres
equipped with all wheel drive (AWD) are rolling on the road, the drive
system to avoid any damages. system in the vehicle could be
If not available to use a flat-bed severely damaged.
equipment, use a towing dolly to tow
Never tow your vehicle with the
the vehicle as illustrated below.
front and rear tyres on the road.
If towing by 2 wheels, lift the front

driving wheels and tow with the front
tyres locked.
crc - 7/17/14
10-56 Vehicle Care
Please observe the following Emergency towing Also the wheels, axles, drive train,
procedures when towing a vehicle: steering and brakes must be all in a
If it is not possible to have your
. No passenger should remain in good condition.
vehicle towed by a recovery vehicle,
the vehicle being towed. proceed as follows:
. Release the parking brake of the Front Towing Eye
{ Caution
towed vehicle and place the When towing the vehicle with a
transmission gear in neutral. tow rope, the vehicle can be
. Switch on the emergency damaged.
warning lights. To reduce damage:
. Keep the speed limits. . Use towing eye only if no
other towing equipment is
available.
. Only tow the vehicle from the
front.
. Keep tow rope clear of
bumper.
The front towing eye is provided . Ensure tow rope is securely
under the front bumper. Remove air fixed to towing eye, at both
dam of driver's side and attach ends. Check by pulling on
towing eye. A driver must be in the tow rope.
vehicle to steer it and operate the . Towing with a tow rope could
brakes. cause severe automatic
Towing in this manner may be done transaxle damage. When
only on hard-surfaced road for a (Continued)
short distance and at low speeds.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-57
To use the rear towing eye

Caution (Continued) { Warning attachment, do the following:
towing vehicle with automatic When towing with a tow rope,
transaxle, use flat bed or control of towed vehicle can
wheel lift equipment. be lost.
Vehicle with automatic . Do not tow if the wheels,
transmission : Do not tow the transaxle, axles, steering or
vehicle using tow eye. Towing brakes are damaged.
with a tow rope could cause . Do not remove the key from
severe automatic transaxle the ignition switch as this will
damage. When towing vehicle lock the steering and this will
with automatic transaxle, use flat make the vehicle undriveable.
bed or wheel lift equipment.
. For a vehicle with manual
1. Find the rear towing eye
gearbox, the vehicle must be
towed facing forward, not { Caution attachment below the floor cover
in the luggage compartment.
faster than 88km/h(55mph). Do not use transport tie-down
In all other cases and when hook to tow your vehicle. 2. Open the cover on the rear
the transmission is defective, bumper and screw the towing
the front axle must be raised The vehicle could be damaged. eye attachment firmly in place.
off the ground. When the rear towing eye
. Drive off slowly and avoid Rear Towing Eye Attachment attachment is used, always pull the
jerky movements. When towing another vehicle, use cable or chain in a straight direction
the rear towing eye attachment. with respect to the eye. Do not
apply force to the hook from any
crc - 7/17/14
10-58 Vehicle Care
side direction. To prevent damage, Appearance Care If using a vehicle wash, comply with
do not take up slack in the cable too the vehicle wash manufacturer's
quickly. instructions. The windscreen wipers
Exterior Care and rear window wiper must be
{ Caution Locks switched off. Lock the vehicle so
that the fuel filler flap cannot be
Do not use transport tie-down The locks are lubricated at the opened. Remove antenna and
hook to tow another vehicle. factory using a high quality lock external accessories such as roof
cylinder grease. Use de-icing agent racks etc.
The vehicle could be damaged. only when absolutely necessary, as
this has a degreasing effect and If you wash your vehicle by hand,
impairs lock function. After using make sure that the insides of the
de-icing agent, have the locks wheel housings are also thoroughly
regreased by a repairer. rinsed out.
Clean edges and folds on opened
Washing doors and the bonnet as well as the
The paintwork of your vehicle is areas they cover.
exposed to environmental Have the door hinges of all doors
influences. Wash and wax your greased by a repairer.
vehicle regularly. When using
automatic vehicle washes, select a Do not clean the engine
programme that includes waxing. compartment with a steam-jet or
high-pressure jet cleaner.
Bird droppings, dead insects, resin,
pollen and the like should be Thoroughly rinse and leather-off the
cleaned off immediately, as they vehicle. Rinse leather frequently.
contain aggressive constituents Use separate leathers for painted
which can cause paint damage.
crc - 7/17/14
Vehicle Care 10-59
and glass surfaces: remnants of Avoid using the hazardous cleaner Polishing is necessary only if the
wax on the windows will impair under turning on the light. It can be paint has become dull or if solid
vision. caused the lens crack by chemical deposits have become attached
Do not use hard objects to remove reaction. to it.
spots of tar. Use tar removal spray Notice: Follow the car-washing Paintwork polish with silicone forms
on painted surfaces. guide and use the mild detergent. a protective film, making waxing
Micro lens cracks and welding unnecessary.
Exterior lights
area cracks may be caused if the Plastic body parts must not be
Headlamp and other lamp covers car-wash guide is not followed. treated with wax or polishing
are made of plastic. agents.
Never use washing fluid as below
Do not use any abrasive or caustic for a cleaning purpose.
agents, do not use an ice scraper, Windows and windscreen
and do not clean them dry.
. Acetone wiper blades
When cleaning the insects debris,
. Benzene Use a soft lint-free cloth or chamois
grease dirt and tar on the exterior leather together with window
. Toluene
lamps or lenses, use only lukewarm cleaner and insect remover.
water, a soft cloth, and a car
. xylene
When cleaning the rear window,
washing soap. . Thinner make sure the heating element
Hard cleaning with dry cloth can be inside is not damaged.
Polishing and waxing
damage on the exterior lamp For mechanical removal of ice, use
or lens. Wax the vehicle regularly (at the a sharp-edged ice scraper. Press
latest when water no longer beads). the scraper firmly against the glass
Don't clean the exterior lamps with Otherwise, the paintwork will
intensive car-washing fluid. so that no dirt can get under it and
dry out. scratch the glass.
Clean smearing wiper blades with a
soft cloth and window cleaner.
crc - 7/17/14
10-60 Vehicle Care
Wheels and tyres Take care to clean any areas in Plastic and rubber parts
which mud and other debris can
Do not use high-pressure jet Plastic and rubber parts can be
collect. Loosen any sediment
cleaners. cleaned with the same cleaner as
packed in closed area before
Clean rims with a pH-neutral wheel used to clean the body. Use interior
flushing with water.
cleaner. cleaner if necessary. Do not use any
other agent. Avoid solvents and
Rims are painted and can be Interior Care petrol in particular. Do not use high
treated with the same agents as pressure jet cleaners.
Interior and upholstery
the body.
Only clean the vehicle interior,
Paintwork damage including the instrument panel
Rectify minor paintwork damage fascia and panelling, with a dry cloth
with a touch-up pen before rust or interior cleaner.
forms. Have more extensive The instrument panel should only be
damage or rust areas repaired by a cleaned using a soft damp cloth.
repairer.
Clean fabric upholstery with a
Underbody vacuum cleaner and brush. Remove
Corrosive materials used for ice and stains with an upholstery cleaner.
snow removal or dust control can Clean seat belts with lukewarm
collect on the underbody of your water or interior cleaner.
vehicle. Failure to remove these
materials can accelerate corrosion
and rust.
{ Caution
Periodically use plain water to flush Close Velcro fasteners as open
these materials from the underbody Velcro fasteners on clothing could
of your vehicle. damage seat upholstery.
crc - 7/17/14
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and General Information

Maintenance Service Information
In order to ensure economical and
General Information safe vehicle operation and to
Service Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 maintain the value of your vehicle, it
is of vital importance that all
Scheduled Maintenance maintenance work is carried out at
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . 11-2 the proper intervals as specified.
Recommended Fluids Confirmations
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 Confirmation of service is recorded
in the Service Guide.
The date and mileage is completed
with the stamp and signature of the
servicing repairer.
Make sure that the Service Guide is
completed correctly as continuous
proof of service is essential if any
warranty or goodwill claims are to
be met, and is also a benefit when
selling the vehicle.
crc - 7/17/14
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Every 1 year / 15,000km(10,000 miles) (whichever occurs first)
Maintenance I Use Maintenance I For vehicles equipped with an oil life

for the first service or if Maintenance monitoring system - If the oil change
II was performed previously lamp illuminates and it has been
Maintenance II Use Maintenance 10 months or more from the
II if the previous service performed previous maintenance, then the
was Maintenance I. relevant maintenance should also
be carried out.
crc - 7/17/14
No Service Maintenance I Maintenance II

1 Replace engine oil and filter. R R
2 Inspect for any leaks or damage. I I
3 Inspect engine air filter. I I
4 Inspect tyres for inflation pressures and wear. I I
5 Inspect brake system. I I
6 Inspect engine coolant and windscreen washer fluid levels I I
and add fluid as needed.
7 Inspect suspension and steering components. I I
8 Inspect wiper blades and the operation of exterior lighting. I I
9 Inspect drive belts. I I
10 Perform any required additional services - see applicable I I
section.
11 Check for Field Actions. I I
Maintenance 2 - perform all services described in
Maintenance 1, plus the following
12 Replace Brake Fluid. R
13 Inspect engine cooling system. I
14 Inspect restraint system components. I
crc - 7/17/14
No Service Maintenance I Maintenance II

15 Inspect powertrain and driveline components. I
16 Lubricate body components. I
I - Inspect these items and their

related parts. If necessary, correct,
clean, replenish, adjust or replace.
R - Replace or change.
No Description Captiva
17 Replace pollen filter Every 30,000km(20,000 miles) / 2 years
18 Replace air filter Every 60,000km(40,000 miles) / 4 years
19 Replace spark plugs Every 150,000km(100,000 miles) / 10 years
20 Replace diesel fuel filter Except Russia Every 60,000km(40,000 miles) / 2 years
Russia Every 30,000km(20,000 miles) / 2 years
21 Replace engine coolant Every 240,000km(160,000 miles) / 5 years
22 Replace automatic transmission oil Normal conditions : every
150,000km(100,000 miles)
Severe conditions : every 75,000km(50,000 miles)
crc - 7/17/14
Footnotes
Maintenance Item Note
1 Change engine oil immediately if the change engine oil lamp illuminates in the
instruments cluster.
If driving under severe conditions : short distance driving, extensive idling or driving in
dusty condition, engine oil and the filter may require replacement more often.
2 Fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem. The system should be
inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked. Add fluid if needed.
3 & 17 If driving regularly in dusty conditions, inspect the filter more frequently.
If driving regularly in dusty conditions, the filter may require replacement more often.
5 Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
disc brake pads for wear and discs for surface condition. Inspect drum brake linings/
shoes for wear or cracks. Inspect other brake parts, including drums, wheel cylinders,
callipers, handbrake, etc.
7 Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damage, loose or
missing parts or signs of wear. Inspect power steering components for, binding, cracks,
chafing, etc.
8 Inspect wiper blades for wear, cracking, or contamination. Clean the windscreen and
wiper blades, if contaminated. Replace wiper blades that are worn or damaged.
12 If driving under severe conditions : driving in hilly or mountainous terrain, or towing a
trailer frequently, brake fluid may require replacement more often.
crc - 7/17/14

13 Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked, swollen, or deterio-
rated. Inspect all pipes, fittings, and clamps; replace with genuine parts if needed. To help
ensure correct operation, a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and
cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended.
14 Make sure the safety belt reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working correctly.
Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts. If you see anything that
might keep a safety belt system from doing its job, have it repaired. Ensure any torn or
frayed safety belts are replaced.
16 Lubricate all key lock cylinders, door hinges and latches, bonnet hinges and latches, and
boot lid hinges and latches. More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a
corrosive environment. Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will
make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak.
General for auto Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
transmission more of these conditions:
. In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90F (32C) or
higher.
. In hilly or mountainous terrain.
. When doing frequent trailer towing.
. Uses such as found in taxi, police, or delivery service.
General for belts Visually inspect belt for fraying, excessive cracks, or obvious damage. Replace belt if
necessary.
crc - 7/17/14

General all Check all systems for interference or binding and for damaged or missing parts. Replace
parts as needed. Replace any component that has excessive wear.
Tyre condition & Visually inspect belt for fraying, excessive cracks, or obvious damage. Replace belt if
inflation pressure necessary.
Wheel alignment If necessary, rotate and balance wheels.
Additional servicing . Driving in heavy city traffic Under extreme operating conditions,
where the outside temperatures it may be necessary to have certain
Extreme operating conditions regularly reach 90F (32C) or scheduled service work done more
Extreme operating conditions are higher. frequently than the scheduled
given when at least one of the . Driving as a taxi, police or intervals.
following occurs frequently: delivery vehicle. Seek technical advice on the
. Repeated short-distance driving . Frequent driving when outside servicing requirements dependent
less than 5 miles (10 Km). temperature remains below on the specific operating conditions.
. Extensive idling and/or freezing.
slow-speed driving in Police vehicles, taxis and driving
stop-and-go traffic. school vehicles are also classified
. Driving on dusty roads. as operating under extreme
conditions.
. Driving on hilly or mountainous
terrain.
. Towing a trailer.
crc - 7/17/14
Recommended Fluids ensures e.g. engine cleanliness,

wear protection and oil ageing
control, whereas Viscosity Grade
Recommended Fluids gives information on the oil's
and Lubricants thickness over a temperature range.
Only use products that have been Engine Oil Quality for Service
tested and approved. Damage This Logo indicates that the oil has
resulting from the use of dexos
been approved by GM to the
non-approved materials will not be Selecting the right Engine Oil dexos Specification.
covered by the warranty.
Selecting the right Engine Oil Your vehicle's Engine was filled at
depends on the proper Oil the factory with dexos approved
{ Warning Specification and SAE Viscosity Engine Oil.
Operating materials are Grade. Use only engine oil that is approved
hazardous and could be Use and ask for Engine Oils with to the dexos specification or an
poisonous. Handle with care. Pay the dexos Certification Logo. Oils equivalent engine oil of the
attention to information given on meeting the requirements of your appropriate viscosity grade.
the containers. vehicle should have the dexos If you are unsure whether your oil is
Certification Logo on the container. approved to the dexos specification,
Engine Oil ask your service provider.
Use of substitute engine oils if
Engine Oil is identified by its Quality
dexos is unavailable: In the event
and its Viscosity Grade. "Quality"
that dexos approved engine oil is
and "Specification" are equivalent
not available at an oil change or for
terms in this respect. Engine Oil
maintaining proper oil level, you
Quality is more important than
may use substitute engine oil of the
Viscosity when selecting which
qualities mentioned above. Use of
Engine Oil to use. The Oil Quality
crc - 7/17/14
oils that do not meet the dexos Engine Oil Additives

specification, however, may result in
The use of supplemental Engine Oil
reduced performance under certain
Additives could cause damage and
circumstances.
invalidate the warranty.
Topping up Engine Oil
Engine Oil Viscosity Grades
Engine Oils of different
The SAE Viscosity Grade gives
manufacturers and brands can be
information of the thickness of
mixed as long as they comply with
the Oil.
the required Engine Oil (Quality and
Viscosity). Multigrade Oil is indicated by two
If Engine Oil of the required Quality figures:
is not available, a maximum of The first figure, followed by a W, SAE 5W-30 is the best Viscosity
1 Litre ACEA A3/B3(Petrol) ACEA indicates the low temperature Grade for your vehicle. Do not use
A3/B4 or ACEA C3(Diesel) may be Viscosity and the second figure other Viscosity Grade Oils such as
used (only once between each oil indicates the high temperature SAE 10W-30, 10W-40 or 20W-50.
change). Viscosity.
Cold temperature operation:
The Viscosity should be of the
correct rating. If operating your vehicle in an area
of extreme cold, where the
Use of Engine Oil with only ACEA temperature falls below -25C, a
A1/B1 or only ACEA A5/B5 Quality Viscosity Grade SAE 0W-xx should
is prohibited, as it can cause long be used. An Oil of this Viscosity
term engine damage under certain Grade will provide easier cold
operating conditions. starting for the engine at extremely
low temperatures.
crc - 7/17/14
When selecting an Oil of the Coolant additives intended to give Automatic transmission fluid
appropriate Viscosity Grade be sure additional corrosion protection or
Only use Dexron VI fluid.
to always select an Oil that meets seal against minor leaks can cause
the dexos Specification. function problems. Liability for Transfer case fluid (AWD)
. Down to -25C: 5W-30, 5W-40. consequences resulting from the
Only use synthetic hypoid 75W-90
use of coolant additives will be
. Down to -25C and below: fluid.
rejected.
0W-30, 0W-40. Differential carrier assembly
Brake fluid fluid (AWD)
The SAE viscosity grade gives
information of the thickness of Only use our authorised brake fluid Only use synthetic hypoid 75W-90
the oil. for this vehicle(DOT 4). fluid.
Coolant and antifreeze Over time, brake fluid absorbs
moisture which will reduce braking
Use only organic acid type-long life effectiveness. The brake fluid
coolant (LLC) antifreeze. should therefore be replaced at the
In countries with moderate climate specified interval.
the coolant provides freeze Brake fluid should be stored in a
protection down to approx. -35C. sealed container to avoid water
In countries with cold climate the absorption.
coolant provides freeze protection Ensure brake fluid does not become
down to approx. -50C. This contaminated.
concentration should be maintained
all year-round. Power steering fluid
Maintain a sufficient concentration Only use Dexron VI fluid.
of anti-freeze.
Manual gearbox fluid
Only use Castrol BOT 303 fluid.
crc - 7/17/14
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Identification Plate
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data
Engine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
Curb Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4
Vehicle Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . 12-4
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5
Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5 The identification label is on the
driver's door frame.
The vehicle identification number

(VIN) is engraved the centre of the
bulkhead.
crc - 7/17/14
12-2 Technical Data
In some models, the label is located

in the engine compartment.
crc - 7/17/14
Technical Data 12-3
Vehicle Data
Engine Data
2.2 DSL 2.2 DSL
Engine 2.4D 3.0 D 2.0 DSL (163PS) (184PS)
Number of cylinders 4 6 4 4 4
Displacement [cc] 2384 2997 1998 2231 2231
Output [kW] at rpm 123 at 5600 190 at 6900 120 at 3800 120 at 3800 135 at 3800
400 at 350 at 400 at
Max. torque [Nm] at rpm 230 at 4600 288 at 5800
1750~2250 1500~3000 1750~2750
Fuel type Petrol Diesel
Performance
Top speed
2.2 DSL 2.2 DSL
2.4D 3.0 D 2.0 DSL (163PS) (184PS)
190 (FWD) 189 (FWD)
Manual transaxle (km/h) - - 200
186 (AWD) 184 (AWD)
188 (FWD)
Automatic transaxle (km/h) 175 198 187 191
182 (AWD)
crc - 7/17/14
12-4 Technical Data
Curb Weight
With driver (75kg)
2.4D 2.4D 3.0D 3.0D 2.0 DSL 2.2 DSL 2.2 DSL
5seat 7seat 5seat 7seat 7 seat 5 seat 7 seat
Front wheel 1768~18- 1793~18- - - - 1853~19- 1878~19-
MT
drive (kg) 48 73 33 58
- - - - 1978~20- 1878~19- 1903~19-
AT
58 58 83
All wheel drive (kg) 1843~19- 1848~19- - - - 1928~20- 1953~20-
MT
23 48 08 33
1868~19- 1893~19- 1890~19- 1915~19- - 1953~20- 1978~20-
AT
48 73 70 95 33 58
Vehicle Dimensions
Length [mm] 4673
Width [mm] 1849
Height (with roof rack) [mm] 1756
Wheel base [mm] 2707
Track (Front) [mm] 1569
crc - 7/17/14
Technical Data 12-5
Track (Rear) [mm] 1576

Minimum turning radius [m] 11.87
Capacities and Specifications

Engine 2.4D 3.0 D DIESEL
Fuel tank [L] 65
Engine oil [L] 4.7 5.7 5.4
Tyre Pressure
Pressure (psi/bar/kPa)
Tyre size Wheel dimension Front Rear
215/70R16 16x6.5J Below 4 occupants : 35/ Below 4 occupants : 35/
2.4/240 2.4/240 (Eco. pressure :
235/60R17 17x7J
(Eco. pressure : 38/ 38/2.6/260)
235/55R18 18x7J 2.6/260) Above 5 occupants, with
235/50R19 19x7J Above 5 occupants, with towing trailer : 41/2.8/280
towing trailer : 35/2.4/240
T155/90R16 (Temporary) 16X4T 60/4.2/420 60/4.2/420
crc - 7/17/14
12-6 Technical Data
2 NOTES
crc - 7/17/14
Customer Information 13-1
Customer Customer Information Applied technical standards:

GMN9737 = Jacking
Information Declaration of Conformity GM 14337 = Standard Equipment
This vehicle has systems that Jack Hardware Tests
Customer Information transmit and/or receive radio waves GMN5127 = Vehicle Integrity
Declaration of Conformity . . . . 13-1 subject to Directive 1999/5/EC. Hoisting and Service Station
These systems are in compliance Jacking
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy with the essential requirements and GMW15005 = Standard Equipment
other relevant provisions of Jack and Spare Tyre, Vehicle Test
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . 13-2
Directive 1999/5/EC. Copies of the
ISO TS 16949 = Quality
original Declarations of Conformity
can be obtained on our website. management systems
The signatory is authorized to
Jack compile the technical
Translation of the original documentation.
declaration of conformity Rsselsheim, 31st January 2014
Declaration of conformity according signed by Hans-Peter Metzger
to EC Directive 2006/42/EC Engineering Group Manager
We declare that the product: Chassis & Structure
Product designation: Jack Adam Opel AG
Type/GM part number: 13590195 is D-65423 Rsselsheim
in compliance with the provisions of
Directive 2006/42/EC.
crc - 7/17/14
13-2 Customer Information
Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
Event Data Recorders
The vehicle has a number of
sophisticated systems that monitor
and control several vehicle data.
Some data may be stored during
regular operation to facilitate repair
of detected malfunctions, other data
is stored only in a crash or near
crash event by systems commonly
called event data recorders (EDR).
The systems may record data about
the condition of the vehicle and how
it was operated.
To read this data special equipment
and access to the vehicle is
required. This will take place when
the vehicle is serviced in a repairer.
Some data is electronically fed into
GM global diagnostic systems.
INDEX i-1
A AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Automatic Transmission

Anti-theft Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Accessories and
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Interruption of Power
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Antilock Brake Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Adjustable Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17 Selector Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Adjustments
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 Transmission Display . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Seat, Initial Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Appearance Care Auxiliary
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-16
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3, 8-6
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 Auxiliary Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
Air Conditioning Regular
Apply Foot brake Light . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Air Filter, Passenger
Audio B
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13 Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Airbags
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-24
Curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Automatic Bluetooth
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
Climate Control System . . . . . . . . 8-6 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-87
Light On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Engine Start/Stop Feature . . . . . 9-4 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Light Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Bonnet Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Safety Belt Tensioner Light . . .5-14
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Brake
Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16 System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-16
Alarm System Brake lamps and Reversing Lamps
Anti-theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
i-2 INDEX
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 Carbon Monoxide Climate Control System

Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Climate Control Systems
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18 Catalytic Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Cautions, Danger, and Heating and Ventilation . . . . . . . . 8-1
Bulb Replacement Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Centre High-Mounted CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Compartment
Brake lamp (CHMBL) . . . . . 10-28 Central Locking System . . . . . . . . 2-8 Luggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Front Indicator Lamps . . . . . . 10-27 Centre Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-4 Computer, Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Centre High-Mounted Conformity
Headlamps and Parking Brake lamp (CHMBL) . . . . . . . 10-28 Declaration of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-1
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Chains, Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-15 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Number Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-28 Check Coolant
Side Indicator Lamps . . . . . . . 10-28 Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Tail lamps, Indicator, Child Restraint Installation Engine Temperature
Brake lamps, and Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Reversing Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Child Restraint Systems Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Top Tether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27 Load Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
C Child Restraints Misted Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Camera, Rear Vision . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Installation Locations . . . . . . . . .3-23 Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Capacities and ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Cleaning Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 Curb Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 Curtain Airbag System . . . . . . . . . 3-19
INDEX i-3
D Door Engine
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Danger, Warnings, and
Central Locking System . . . . . . . 2-8 Automatic Start/Stop
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . 13-2
Manual Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Change Engine Oil Light . . . . . .5-21
Daytime Running
Drive Systems Check and Service Engine
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . 13-1
Driver Information Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-5
Descent Control System
Centre (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Coolant Temperature
Devices
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18 E Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Electrical System Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Diesel Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Electronic Climate Control Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Diesel Particulate Filter
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 Reduced Power Light . . . . . . . . .5-22
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Electronic Stability Control . . . . . 9-20 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Dimensions
Electronic Stability Control Engine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Engines
Displays
Electronic Stability Control Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . 9-9
Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Petrol Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
End-of-Life Vehicle Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . 13-2
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
i-4 INDEX
F Front Indicator Lamps . . . . . . . . 10-27 Gauges (cont'd)

Front Seat Position Seats Service Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Fault, Automatic
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Front Seats Transmission Display . . . . . . . . .5-14
Filter
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Getting Started, Navigation . . . . 7-41
Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Diesel Particulate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Fuel
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31 H
Diesel Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32 Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87
Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Economy Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Hazard Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Flat Tyre
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-21 Headlamp Range Adjustment . . . 6-4
Fluid
Petrol Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32 Headlamps
Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-16
Water in Fuel Warning Automatic Light Control . . . . . . . . 6-2
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Fuel for Diesel Engines . . . . . . . . 9-32 Daytime Running
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Fog Lamp Light, Rear . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Fog Lamps Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 G Main-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Gauges Main/Dipped Beam Changer . . . 6-3
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Folding Seat-back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Range Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Front Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Mileometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Front Fog Lamp Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
INDEX i-5
Heated ISOFIX Child Restraint Lamps (cont'd)

Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Rear Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6, 10-28
Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21 Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 J Side Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52 Light
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Diesel Particulate Filter . . . . . . .5-20
Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-6 Electronic Stability Control
Heating and Ventilation K (ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-25 Pre-Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 5-3 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
I L Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 Lamps Lights
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-4 Airbag and Safety Belt
Immobiliser Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Information Front Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Antilock Brake System
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Headlamps and Parking (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Information on Loading the Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Apply Foot brake . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Automatic Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Instrument Panel Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-15 Bonnet Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Misted Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-16
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Number Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Change Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Interruption of Power Supply . . . 9-12 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii, 7-1 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Descent Control System . . . . . .5-18
i-6 INDEX
Lights (cont'd) Lights, Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Menu

Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Load Compartment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-75
Engine Coolant Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Messages
Temperature Warning . . . . . . .5-19 Loading the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Locks Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Central Locking System . . . . . . . 2-8 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Fog Lamp, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Manual Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Mileometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Mirrors
Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Low Engine Oil Level Light . . . . 5-20 Automatic Dimming
Low Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . .5-20 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-21 Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Luggage Compartment . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Main-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Main/Dipped Beam Changer . . . 6-3 M Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Reduced Engine Power . . . . . .5-22 Main-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Maintenance Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Air Conditioning Regular Misted Lamp Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . .5-16 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17 Monitor System, Tyre
Speed Sensitive Power Maintenance Schedule Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Steering (SSPS) Warning . . .5-18 Recommended Fluids and MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Tail lamp Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Trailer Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23 Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 11-2
Tyre Pressure Monitoring Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-15
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Manual Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Ultrasonic Parking Sensor . . . .5-19 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Water in Fuel Warning . . . . . . . .5-21
INDEX i-7
N P R
Navigation Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . 7-12
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-41 Assist, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26 Radio Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18 Radios
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-50 Ultrasonic Sensor Light . . . . . . .5-19 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
New Vehicle Run-In . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Passenger Compartment Air Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 Rear Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
O Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 Rear Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . 6-6, 10-28
Oil Phone Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Change Engine Oil Light . . . . . .5-21 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-87 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11 Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-87 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-29
Low Engine Oil Level Light . . .5-20 Power Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-6
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Rear Windows
Open & Start System . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Operation, Infotainment Reduced Engine Light . . . . . . . .5-22 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Other Service Items Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Recommended Fluids and
Air Conditioning System . . . . . . . 8-3 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Outlets Pre-Heat Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Reduced Engine Power
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Pregnancy, Using Safety Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Remote Control
Overview, Infotainment Pressure Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-5 Remote Control Mirrors . . . . . . . . 2-17
Overview, Navigation Repair Kit
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
i-8 INDEX
Reversing Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Seats (cont'd) Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . . 9-20 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-5 Start System
Electronic Stability (ESC) . . . . .9-20 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Roof Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22 Security Steering
Roof Panelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Selector Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Rotation, Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Running-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . 9-2 Accessories and Storage
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Load Compartment Cover . . . . . 4-6
S Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-3 Luggage Compartment . . . . . . . . 4-6
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Storage Areas
Three-Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14 Service and Maintenance Centre Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-15 Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Service Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Information on Loading the
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . 11-2 Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Seat Belts Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Side Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Roof Panelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Seats Side Indicator Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Signals, Turn and Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Folding Seat-back . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Specifications and Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5 Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12 Speed Sensitive Power Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Position, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Steering (SSPS) Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
INDEX i-9
Switches Tread Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37 U

Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20 Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 9-26
System Turn and Lane-Change
Ultrasonic Parking Sensor
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Turn Signal
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
T Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Tail lamp Indicator Light . . . . . . . 5-23 Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Tyre Pressure Monitoring
Taillights System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Tyre Repair Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 V
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Tyres Vehicle
Technical Data
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-5
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47 Identification
Three-Point Safety Belt . . . . . . . . 3-14
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35 Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-37 Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Top Tether Child Restraint
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Wheel Alignment and Vehicle Care
Towing
Tyre Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39 Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35 Vehicle Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4
Trailer Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Tyres and Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35 Vehicle Identification
Transmission
Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Vehicle Recovery
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
End-of-Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Transmission Display . . . . . 5-14, 9-9
i-10 INDEX
Ventilation Windscreen
Adjustable Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15 Winter Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-24
Wipers
W Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Hazard Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Washer, Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Water in Fuel Warning Light . . . 5-21
Weights
Curb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Wheels
Alignment and Tyre
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Wheels and Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Windows
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19

NissanCaptiva Maualbook

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

NissanCaptiva Maualbook

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Chevrolet Captiva Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/17/14 Black plate (1,1)

2015 Chevrolet Captiva Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1

2015 Chevrolet Captiva Owner Manual M

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1

Your vehicle is a designed The customer literature pack should

We wish you many hours of

In Brief Initial Drive Seat Adjustment

Seat backrests Seat height Seat lumbar support

Head Restraint Safety Belts

Mirror Adjustment Exterior Mirrors Steering Wheel

Select the mirror you want to adjust

Instrument Panel Overview

Headlamp main/dipped beam Hazard lights Turn and lane-change signals

Operated with the | button. lever up = right indicator

Horn Washer and Wiper See Windscreen Wiper/Washer on

Windscreen Wiper/ See Rear Window Wiper/Washer on Climate Controls

Press the button at the end of the

Transmission Automatic transmission

P (PARK): Locks the front wheels.

Push the release button to shift.

Note: LOCK and UNLOCK buttons

Central Locking System

Safety Locks Doors

On vehicles with the Keyless

Exhaust gases are usually

1. Confirm that the security Horn sound Siren sound

Type 2 prevents it from being started by

Exterior Mirrors Adjust the selected mirror up, down,

Select the mirror you want to adjust

Heated Mirrors Interior Mirrors Warning (Continued)

Operated by pressing the 1

Automatic Dimming To turn the ECM OFF, press the Windows

Release the switch when the Auto down

Power windows can be operated Do not leave your keys or

Auto up/down To activate press v again.

The sun visors can be folded down Roof

Sunroof can be operated with

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats and Side Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

3-2 Seats and Restraints

The middle of the head restraint Height adjustment Horizontal adjustment

Active Head Restraints

Seats and Restraints 3-3

3-4 Seats and Restraints

Never adjust seats while driving Seat height

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Seat slide adjustment

To increase or decrease the driver's

3-6 Seats and Restraints

Seat reclining adjustment Heated Front Seats

Seats and Restraints 3-7

2. Pull up and hold the lever under

To fold the passenger's seat-back, { Caution

3-8 Seats and Restraints

Rear Seats { Caution

Seats and Restraints 3-9

3-10 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 3-11

3-12 Seats and Restraints

The belts are locked during heavy

Seats and Restraints 3-13

3-14 Seats and Restraints